9639 lines
349 KiB
Go
9639 lines
349 KiB
Go
// Code generated by private/model/cli/gen-api/main.go. DO NOT EDIT.
|
|
|
|
package codecommit
|
|
|
|
import (
|
|
"fmt"
|
|
"time"
|
|
|
|
"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
|
|
"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awsutil"
|
|
"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request"
|
|
"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol"
|
|
"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/jsonrpc"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const opBatchGetRepositories = "BatchGetRepositories"
|
|
|
|
// BatchGetRepositoriesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the BatchGetRepositories operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See BatchGetRepositories for more information on using the BatchGetRepositories
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the BatchGetRepositoriesRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.BatchGetRepositoriesRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/BatchGetRepositories
|
|
func (c *CodeCommit) BatchGetRepositoriesRequest(input *BatchGetRepositoriesInput) (req *request.Request, output *BatchGetRepositoriesOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opBatchGetRepositories,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &BatchGetRepositoriesInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &BatchGetRepositoriesOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// BatchGetRepositories API operation for AWS CodeCommit.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns information about one or more repositories.
|
|
//
|
|
// The description field for a repository accepts all HTML characters and all
|
|
// valid Unicode characters. Applications that do not HTML-encode the description
|
|
// and display it in a web page could expose users to potentially malicious
|
|
// code. Make sure that you HTML-encode the description field in any application
|
|
// that uses this API to display the repository description on a web page.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeCommit's
|
|
// API operation BatchGetRepositories for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeRepositoryNamesRequiredException "RepositoryNamesRequiredException"
|
|
// A repository names object is required but was not specified.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeMaximumRepositoryNamesExceededException "MaximumRepositoryNamesExceededException"
|
|
// The maximum number of allowed repository names was exceeded. Currently, this
|
|
// number is 25.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryNameException "InvalidRepositoryNameException"
|
|
// At least one specified repository name is not valid.
|
|
//
|
|
// This exception only occurs when a specified repository name is not valid.
|
|
// Other exceptions occur when a required repository parameter is missing, or
|
|
// when a specified repository does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException "EncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException"
|
|
// An encryption integrity check failed.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyAccessDeniedException "EncryptionKeyAccessDeniedException"
|
|
// An encryption key could not be accessed.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyDisabledException "EncryptionKeyDisabledException"
|
|
// The encryption key is disabled.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyNotFoundException "EncryptionKeyNotFoundException"
|
|
// No encryption key was found.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyUnavailableException "EncryptionKeyUnavailableException"
|
|
// The encryption key is not available.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/BatchGetRepositories
|
|
func (c *CodeCommit) BatchGetRepositories(input *BatchGetRepositoriesInput) (*BatchGetRepositoriesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.BatchGetRepositoriesRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// BatchGetRepositoriesWithContext is the same as BatchGetRepositories with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See BatchGetRepositories for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *CodeCommit) BatchGetRepositoriesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *BatchGetRepositoriesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*BatchGetRepositoriesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.BatchGetRepositoriesRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opCreateBranch = "CreateBranch"
|
|
|
|
// CreateBranchRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the CreateBranch operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateBranch for more information on using the CreateBranch
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the CreateBranchRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.CreateBranchRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/CreateBranch
|
|
func (c *CodeCommit) CreateBranchRequest(input *CreateBranchInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateBranchOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opCreateBranch,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &CreateBranchInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &CreateBranchOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(jsonrpc.UnmarshalHandler)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateBranch API operation for AWS CodeCommit.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creates a new branch in a repository and points the branch to a commit.
|
|
//
|
|
// Calling the create branch operation does not set a repository's default branch.
|
|
// To do this, call the update default branch operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeCommit's
|
|
// API operation CreateBranch for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeRepositoryNameRequiredException "RepositoryNameRequiredException"
|
|
// A repository name is required but was not specified.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryNameException "InvalidRepositoryNameException"
|
|
// At least one specified repository name is not valid.
|
|
//
|
|
// This exception only occurs when a specified repository name is not valid.
|
|
// Other exceptions occur when a required repository parameter is missing, or
|
|
// when a specified repository does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeRepositoryDoesNotExistException "RepositoryDoesNotExistException"
|
|
// The specified repository does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeBranchNameRequiredException "BranchNameRequiredException"
|
|
// A branch name is required but was not specified.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeBranchNameExistsException "BranchNameExistsException"
|
|
// The specified branch name already exists.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidBranchNameException "InvalidBranchNameException"
|
|
// The specified reference name is not valid.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeCommitIdRequiredException "CommitIdRequiredException"
|
|
// A commit ID was not specified.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeCommitDoesNotExistException "CommitDoesNotExistException"
|
|
// The specified commit does not exist or no commit was specified, and the specified
|
|
// repository has no default branch.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidCommitIdException "InvalidCommitIdException"
|
|
// The specified commit ID is not valid.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException "EncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException"
|
|
// An encryption integrity check failed.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyAccessDeniedException "EncryptionKeyAccessDeniedException"
|
|
// An encryption key could not be accessed.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyDisabledException "EncryptionKeyDisabledException"
|
|
// The encryption key is disabled.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyNotFoundException "EncryptionKeyNotFoundException"
|
|
// No encryption key was found.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyUnavailableException "EncryptionKeyUnavailableException"
|
|
// The encryption key is not available.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/CreateBranch
|
|
func (c *CodeCommit) CreateBranch(input *CreateBranchInput) (*CreateBranchOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateBranchRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateBranchWithContext is the same as CreateBranch with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateBranch for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *CodeCommit) CreateBranchWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateBranchInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateBranchOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateBranchRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opCreatePullRequest = "CreatePullRequest"
|
|
|
|
// CreatePullRequestRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the CreatePullRequest operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreatePullRequest for more information on using the CreatePullRequest
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the CreatePullRequestRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.CreatePullRequestRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/CreatePullRequest
|
|
func (c *CodeCommit) CreatePullRequestRequest(input *CreatePullRequestInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreatePullRequestOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opCreatePullRequest,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &CreatePullRequestInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &CreatePullRequestOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreatePullRequest API operation for AWS CodeCommit.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creates a pull request in the specified repository.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeCommit's
|
|
// API operation CreatePullRequest for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeRepositoryNameRequiredException "RepositoryNameRequiredException"
|
|
// A repository name is required but was not specified.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryNameException "InvalidRepositoryNameException"
|
|
// At least one specified repository name is not valid.
|
|
//
|
|
// This exception only occurs when a specified repository name is not valid.
|
|
// Other exceptions occur when a required repository parameter is missing, or
|
|
// when a specified repository does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeRepositoryDoesNotExistException "RepositoryDoesNotExistException"
|
|
// The specified repository does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException "EncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException"
|
|
// An encryption integrity check failed.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyAccessDeniedException "EncryptionKeyAccessDeniedException"
|
|
// An encryption key could not be accessed.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyDisabledException "EncryptionKeyDisabledException"
|
|
// The encryption key is disabled.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyNotFoundException "EncryptionKeyNotFoundException"
|
|
// No encryption key was found.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyUnavailableException "EncryptionKeyUnavailableException"
|
|
// The encryption key is not available.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeClientRequestTokenRequiredException "ClientRequestTokenRequiredException"
|
|
// A client request token is required. A client request token is an unique,
|
|
// client-generated idempotency token that when provided in a request, ensures
|
|
// the request cannot be repeated with a changed parameter. If a request is
|
|
// received with the same parameters and a token is included, the request will
|
|
// return information about the initial request that used that token.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidClientRequestTokenException "InvalidClientRequestTokenException"
|
|
// The client request token is not valid.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeIdempotencyParameterMismatchException "IdempotencyParameterMismatchException"
|
|
// The client request token is not valid. Either the token is not in a valid
|
|
// format, or the token has been used in a previous request and cannot be re-used.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeReferenceNameRequiredException "ReferenceNameRequiredException"
|
|
// A reference name is required, but none was provided.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidReferenceNameException "InvalidReferenceNameException"
|
|
// The specified reference name format is not valid. Reference names must conform
|
|
// to the Git references format, for example refs/heads/master. For more information,
|
|
// see Git Internals - Git References (https://git-scm.com/book/en/v2/Git-Internals-Git-References)
|
|
// or consult your Git documentation.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeReferenceDoesNotExistException "ReferenceDoesNotExistException"
|
|
// The specified reference does not exist. You must provide a full commit ID.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeReferenceTypeNotSupportedException "ReferenceTypeNotSupportedException"
|
|
// The specified reference is not a supported type.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeTitleRequiredException "TitleRequiredException"
|
|
// A pull request title is required. It cannot be empty or null.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidTitleException "InvalidTitleException"
|
|
// The title of the pull request is not valid. Pull request titles cannot exceed
|
|
// 100 characters in length.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidDescriptionException "InvalidDescriptionException"
|
|
// The pull request description is not valid. Descriptions are limited to 1,000
|
|
// characters in length.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeTargetsRequiredException "TargetsRequiredException"
|
|
// An array of target objects is required. It cannot be empty or null.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidTargetsException "InvalidTargetsException"
|
|
// The targets for the pull request is not valid or not in a valid format. Targets
|
|
// are a list of target objects. Each target object must contain the full values
|
|
// for the repository name, source branch, and destination branch for a pull
|
|
// request.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeTargetRequiredException "TargetRequiredException"
|
|
// A pull request target is required. It cannot be empty or null. A pull request
|
|
// target must contain the full values for the repository name, source branch,
|
|
// and destination branch for the pull request.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidTargetException "InvalidTargetException"
|
|
// The target for the pull request is not valid. A target must contain the full
|
|
// values for the repository name, source branch, and destination branch for
|
|
// the pull request.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeMultipleRepositoriesInPullRequestException "MultipleRepositoriesInPullRequestException"
|
|
// You cannot include more than one repository in a pull request. Make sure
|
|
// you have specified only one repository name in your request, and then try
|
|
// again.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeMaximumOpenPullRequestsExceededException "MaximumOpenPullRequestsExceededException"
|
|
// You cannot create the pull request because the repository has too many open
|
|
// pull requests. The maximum number of open pull requests for a repository
|
|
// is 1,000. Close one or more open pull requests, and then try again.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeSourceAndDestinationAreSameException "SourceAndDestinationAreSameException"
|
|
// The source branch and the destination branch for the pull request are the
|
|
// same. You must specify different branches for the source and destination.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/CreatePullRequest
|
|
func (c *CodeCommit) CreatePullRequest(input *CreatePullRequestInput) (*CreatePullRequestOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreatePullRequestRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreatePullRequestWithContext is the same as CreatePullRequest with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreatePullRequest for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *CodeCommit) CreatePullRequestWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreatePullRequestInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreatePullRequestOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreatePullRequestRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opCreateRepository = "CreateRepository"
|
|
|
|
// CreateRepositoryRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the CreateRepository operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateRepository for more information on using the CreateRepository
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the CreateRepositoryRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.CreateRepositoryRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/CreateRepository
|
|
func (c *CodeCommit) CreateRepositoryRequest(input *CreateRepositoryInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateRepositoryOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opCreateRepository,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &CreateRepositoryInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &CreateRepositoryOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateRepository API operation for AWS CodeCommit.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creates a new, empty repository.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeCommit's
|
|
// API operation CreateRepository for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeRepositoryNameExistsException "RepositoryNameExistsException"
|
|
// The specified repository name already exists.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeRepositoryNameRequiredException "RepositoryNameRequiredException"
|
|
// A repository name is required but was not specified.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryNameException "InvalidRepositoryNameException"
|
|
// At least one specified repository name is not valid.
|
|
//
|
|
// This exception only occurs when a specified repository name is not valid.
|
|
// Other exceptions occur when a required repository parameter is missing, or
|
|
// when a specified repository does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryDescriptionException "InvalidRepositoryDescriptionException"
|
|
// The specified repository description is not valid.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeRepositoryLimitExceededException "RepositoryLimitExceededException"
|
|
// A repository resource limit was exceeded.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException "EncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException"
|
|
// An encryption integrity check failed.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyAccessDeniedException "EncryptionKeyAccessDeniedException"
|
|
// An encryption key could not be accessed.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyDisabledException "EncryptionKeyDisabledException"
|
|
// The encryption key is disabled.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyNotFoundException "EncryptionKeyNotFoundException"
|
|
// No encryption key was found.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyUnavailableException "EncryptionKeyUnavailableException"
|
|
// The encryption key is not available.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/CreateRepository
|
|
func (c *CodeCommit) CreateRepository(input *CreateRepositoryInput) (*CreateRepositoryOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateRepositoryRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateRepositoryWithContext is the same as CreateRepository with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateRepository for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *CodeCommit) CreateRepositoryWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateRepositoryInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateRepositoryOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateRepositoryRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDeleteBranch = "DeleteBranch"
|
|
|
|
// DeleteBranchRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DeleteBranch operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteBranch for more information on using the DeleteBranch
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteBranchRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DeleteBranchRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/DeleteBranch
|
|
func (c *CodeCommit) DeleteBranchRequest(input *DeleteBranchInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteBranchOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDeleteBranch,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DeleteBranchInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DeleteBranchOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteBranch API operation for AWS CodeCommit.
|
|
//
|
|
// Deletes a branch from a repository, unless that branch is the default branch
|
|
// for the repository.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeCommit's
|
|
// API operation DeleteBranch for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeRepositoryNameRequiredException "RepositoryNameRequiredException"
|
|
// A repository name is required but was not specified.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeRepositoryDoesNotExistException "RepositoryDoesNotExistException"
|
|
// The specified repository does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryNameException "InvalidRepositoryNameException"
|
|
// At least one specified repository name is not valid.
|
|
//
|
|
// This exception only occurs when a specified repository name is not valid.
|
|
// Other exceptions occur when a required repository parameter is missing, or
|
|
// when a specified repository does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeBranchNameRequiredException "BranchNameRequiredException"
|
|
// A branch name is required but was not specified.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidBranchNameException "InvalidBranchNameException"
|
|
// The specified reference name is not valid.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDefaultBranchCannotBeDeletedException "DefaultBranchCannotBeDeletedException"
|
|
// The specified branch is the default branch for the repository, and cannot
|
|
// be deleted. To delete this branch, you must first set another branch as the
|
|
// default branch.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException "EncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException"
|
|
// An encryption integrity check failed.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyAccessDeniedException "EncryptionKeyAccessDeniedException"
|
|
// An encryption key could not be accessed.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyDisabledException "EncryptionKeyDisabledException"
|
|
// The encryption key is disabled.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyNotFoundException "EncryptionKeyNotFoundException"
|
|
// No encryption key was found.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyUnavailableException "EncryptionKeyUnavailableException"
|
|
// The encryption key is not available.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/DeleteBranch
|
|
func (c *CodeCommit) DeleteBranch(input *DeleteBranchInput) (*DeleteBranchOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteBranchRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteBranchWithContext is the same as DeleteBranch with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteBranch for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *CodeCommit) DeleteBranchWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteBranchInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteBranchOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteBranchRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDeleteCommentContent = "DeleteCommentContent"
|
|
|
|
// DeleteCommentContentRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DeleteCommentContent operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteCommentContent for more information on using the DeleteCommentContent
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteCommentContentRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DeleteCommentContentRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/DeleteCommentContent
|
|
func (c *CodeCommit) DeleteCommentContentRequest(input *DeleteCommentContentInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteCommentContentOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDeleteCommentContent,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DeleteCommentContentInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DeleteCommentContentOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteCommentContent API operation for AWS CodeCommit.
|
|
//
|
|
// Deletes the content of a comment made on a change, file, or commit in a repository.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeCommit's
|
|
// API operation DeleteCommentContent for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeCommentDoesNotExistException "CommentDoesNotExistException"
|
|
// No comment exists with the provided ID. Verify that you have provided the
|
|
// correct ID, and then try again.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeCommentIdRequiredException "CommentIdRequiredException"
|
|
// The comment ID is missing or null. A comment ID is required.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidCommentIdException "InvalidCommentIdException"
|
|
// The comment ID is not in a valid format. Make sure that you have provided
|
|
// the full comment ID.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeCommentDeletedException "CommentDeletedException"
|
|
// This comment has already been deleted. You cannot edit or delete a deleted
|
|
// comment.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/DeleteCommentContent
|
|
func (c *CodeCommit) DeleteCommentContent(input *DeleteCommentContentInput) (*DeleteCommentContentOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteCommentContentRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteCommentContentWithContext is the same as DeleteCommentContent with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteCommentContent for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *CodeCommit) DeleteCommentContentWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteCommentContentInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteCommentContentOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteCommentContentRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDeleteRepository = "DeleteRepository"
|
|
|
|
// DeleteRepositoryRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DeleteRepository operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteRepository for more information on using the DeleteRepository
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteRepositoryRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DeleteRepositoryRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/DeleteRepository
|
|
func (c *CodeCommit) DeleteRepositoryRequest(input *DeleteRepositoryInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteRepositoryOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDeleteRepository,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DeleteRepositoryInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DeleteRepositoryOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteRepository API operation for AWS CodeCommit.
|
|
//
|
|
// Deletes a repository. If a specified repository was already deleted, a null
|
|
// repository ID will be returned.
|
|
//
|
|
// Deleting a repository also deletes all associated objects and metadata. After
|
|
// a repository is deleted, all future push calls to the deleted repository
|
|
// will fail.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeCommit's
|
|
// API operation DeleteRepository for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeRepositoryNameRequiredException "RepositoryNameRequiredException"
|
|
// A repository name is required but was not specified.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryNameException "InvalidRepositoryNameException"
|
|
// At least one specified repository name is not valid.
|
|
//
|
|
// This exception only occurs when a specified repository name is not valid.
|
|
// Other exceptions occur when a required repository parameter is missing, or
|
|
// when a specified repository does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException "EncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException"
|
|
// An encryption integrity check failed.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyAccessDeniedException "EncryptionKeyAccessDeniedException"
|
|
// An encryption key could not be accessed.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyDisabledException "EncryptionKeyDisabledException"
|
|
// The encryption key is disabled.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyNotFoundException "EncryptionKeyNotFoundException"
|
|
// No encryption key was found.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyUnavailableException "EncryptionKeyUnavailableException"
|
|
// The encryption key is not available.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/DeleteRepository
|
|
func (c *CodeCommit) DeleteRepository(input *DeleteRepositoryInput) (*DeleteRepositoryOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteRepositoryRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteRepositoryWithContext is the same as DeleteRepository with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteRepository for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *CodeCommit) DeleteRepositoryWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteRepositoryInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteRepositoryOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteRepositoryRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribePullRequestEvents = "DescribePullRequestEvents"
|
|
|
|
// DescribePullRequestEventsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribePullRequestEvents operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribePullRequestEvents for more information on using the DescribePullRequestEvents
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribePullRequestEventsRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribePullRequestEventsRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/DescribePullRequestEvents
|
|
func (c *CodeCommit) DescribePullRequestEventsRequest(input *DescribePullRequestEventsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribePullRequestEventsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribePullRequestEvents,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
|
|
InputTokens: []string{"nextToken"},
|
|
OutputTokens: []string{"nextToken"},
|
|
LimitToken: "maxResults",
|
|
TruncationToken: "",
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribePullRequestEventsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribePullRequestEventsOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribePullRequestEvents API operation for AWS CodeCommit.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns information about one or more pull request events.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeCommit's
|
|
// API operation DescribePullRequestEvents for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodePullRequestDoesNotExistException "PullRequestDoesNotExistException"
|
|
// The pull request ID could not be found. Make sure that you have specified
|
|
// the correct repository name and pull request ID, and then try again.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidPullRequestIdException "InvalidPullRequestIdException"
|
|
// The pull request ID is not valid. Make sure that you have provided the full
|
|
// ID and that the pull request is in the specified repository, and then try
|
|
// again.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodePullRequestIdRequiredException "PullRequestIdRequiredException"
|
|
// A pull request ID is required, but none was provided.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidPullRequestEventTypeException "InvalidPullRequestEventTypeException"
|
|
// The pull request event type is not valid.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidActorArnException "InvalidActorArnException"
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) is not valid. Make sure that you have provided
|
|
// the full ARN for the user who initiated the change for the pull request,
|
|
// and then try again.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeActorDoesNotExistException "ActorDoesNotExistException"
|
|
// The specified Amazon Resource Name (ARN) does not exist in the AWS account.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidMaxResultsException "InvalidMaxResultsException"
|
|
// The specified number of maximum results is not valid.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidContinuationTokenException "InvalidContinuationTokenException"
|
|
// The specified continuation token is not valid.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException "EncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException"
|
|
// An encryption integrity check failed.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyAccessDeniedException "EncryptionKeyAccessDeniedException"
|
|
// An encryption key could not be accessed.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyDisabledException "EncryptionKeyDisabledException"
|
|
// The encryption key is disabled.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyNotFoundException "EncryptionKeyNotFoundException"
|
|
// No encryption key was found.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyUnavailableException "EncryptionKeyUnavailableException"
|
|
// The encryption key is not available.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/DescribePullRequestEvents
|
|
func (c *CodeCommit) DescribePullRequestEvents(input *DescribePullRequestEventsInput) (*DescribePullRequestEventsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribePullRequestEventsRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribePullRequestEventsWithContext is the same as DescribePullRequestEvents with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribePullRequestEvents for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *CodeCommit) DescribePullRequestEventsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribePullRequestEventsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribePullRequestEventsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribePullRequestEventsRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribePullRequestEventsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribePullRequestEvents operation,
|
|
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
|
|
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribePullRequestEvents method for more information on how to use this operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribePullRequestEvents operation.
|
|
// pageNum := 0
|
|
// err := client.DescribePullRequestEventsPages(params,
|
|
// func(page *DescribePullRequestEventsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
|
|
// pageNum++
|
|
// fmt.Println(page)
|
|
// return pageNum <= 3
|
|
// })
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *CodeCommit) DescribePullRequestEventsPages(input *DescribePullRequestEventsInput, fn func(*DescribePullRequestEventsOutput, bool) bool) error {
|
|
return c.DescribePullRequestEventsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribePullRequestEventsPagesWithContext same as DescribePullRequestEventsPages except
|
|
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *CodeCommit) DescribePullRequestEventsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribePullRequestEventsInput, fn func(*DescribePullRequestEventsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
|
|
p := request.Pagination{
|
|
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
|
|
var inCpy *DescribePullRequestEventsInput
|
|
if input != nil {
|
|
tmp := *input
|
|
inCpy = &tmp
|
|
}
|
|
req, _ := c.DescribePullRequestEventsRequest(inCpy)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return req, nil
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
cont := true
|
|
for p.Next() && cont {
|
|
cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribePullRequestEventsOutput), !p.HasNextPage())
|
|
}
|
|
return p.Err()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opGetBlob = "GetBlob"
|
|
|
|
// GetBlobRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the GetBlob operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See GetBlob for more information on using the GetBlob
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the GetBlobRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.GetBlobRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/GetBlob
|
|
func (c *CodeCommit) GetBlobRequest(input *GetBlobInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBlobOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opGetBlob,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &GetBlobInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &GetBlobOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GetBlob API operation for AWS CodeCommit.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns the base-64 encoded content of an individual blob within a repository.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeCommit's
|
|
// API operation GetBlob for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeRepositoryNameRequiredException "RepositoryNameRequiredException"
|
|
// A repository name is required but was not specified.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryNameException "InvalidRepositoryNameException"
|
|
// At least one specified repository name is not valid.
|
|
//
|
|
// This exception only occurs when a specified repository name is not valid.
|
|
// Other exceptions occur when a required repository parameter is missing, or
|
|
// when a specified repository does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeRepositoryDoesNotExistException "RepositoryDoesNotExistException"
|
|
// The specified repository does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeBlobIdRequiredException "BlobIdRequiredException"
|
|
// A blob ID is required but was not specified.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidBlobIdException "InvalidBlobIdException"
|
|
// The specified blob is not valid.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeBlobIdDoesNotExistException "BlobIdDoesNotExistException"
|
|
// The specified blob does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException "EncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException"
|
|
// An encryption integrity check failed.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyAccessDeniedException "EncryptionKeyAccessDeniedException"
|
|
// An encryption key could not be accessed.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyDisabledException "EncryptionKeyDisabledException"
|
|
// The encryption key is disabled.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyNotFoundException "EncryptionKeyNotFoundException"
|
|
// No encryption key was found.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyUnavailableException "EncryptionKeyUnavailableException"
|
|
// The encryption key is not available.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeFileTooLargeException "FileTooLargeException"
|
|
// The specified file exceeds the file size limit for AWS CodeCommit. For more
|
|
// information about limits in AWS CodeCommit, see AWS CodeCommit User Guide
|
|
// (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/codecommit/latest/userguide/limits.html).
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/GetBlob
|
|
func (c *CodeCommit) GetBlob(input *GetBlobInput) (*GetBlobOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.GetBlobRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GetBlobWithContext is the same as GetBlob with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See GetBlob for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *CodeCommit) GetBlobWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBlobInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBlobOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.GetBlobRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opGetBranch = "GetBranch"
|
|
|
|
// GetBranchRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the GetBranch operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See GetBranch for more information on using the GetBranch
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the GetBranchRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.GetBranchRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/GetBranch
|
|
func (c *CodeCommit) GetBranchRequest(input *GetBranchInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBranchOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opGetBranch,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &GetBranchInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &GetBranchOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GetBranch API operation for AWS CodeCommit.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns information about a repository branch, including its name and the
|
|
// last commit ID.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeCommit's
|
|
// API operation GetBranch for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeRepositoryNameRequiredException "RepositoryNameRequiredException"
|
|
// A repository name is required but was not specified.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeRepositoryDoesNotExistException "RepositoryDoesNotExistException"
|
|
// The specified repository does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryNameException "InvalidRepositoryNameException"
|
|
// At least one specified repository name is not valid.
|
|
//
|
|
// This exception only occurs when a specified repository name is not valid.
|
|
// Other exceptions occur when a required repository parameter is missing, or
|
|
// when a specified repository does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeBranchNameRequiredException "BranchNameRequiredException"
|
|
// A branch name is required but was not specified.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidBranchNameException "InvalidBranchNameException"
|
|
// The specified reference name is not valid.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeBranchDoesNotExistException "BranchDoesNotExistException"
|
|
// The specified branch does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException "EncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException"
|
|
// An encryption integrity check failed.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyAccessDeniedException "EncryptionKeyAccessDeniedException"
|
|
// An encryption key could not be accessed.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyDisabledException "EncryptionKeyDisabledException"
|
|
// The encryption key is disabled.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyNotFoundException "EncryptionKeyNotFoundException"
|
|
// No encryption key was found.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyUnavailableException "EncryptionKeyUnavailableException"
|
|
// The encryption key is not available.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/GetBranch
|
|
func (c *CodeCommit) GetBranch(input *GetBranchInput) (*GetBranchOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.GetBranchRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GetBranchWithContext is the same as GetBranch with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See GetBranch for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *CodeCommit) GetBranchWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBranchInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBranchOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.GetBranchRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opGetComment = "GetComment"
|
|
|
|
// GetCommentRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the GetComment operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See GetComment for more information on using the GetComment
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the GetCommentRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.GetCommentRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/GetComment
|
|
func (c *CodeCommit) GetCommentRequest(input *GetCommentInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetCommentOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opGetComment,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &GetCommentInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &GetCommentOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GetComment API operation for AWS CodeCommit.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns the content of a comment made on a change, file, or commit in a repository.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeCommit's
|
|
// API operation GetComment for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeCommentDoesNotExistException "CommentDoesNotExistException"
|
|
// No comment exists with the provided ID. Verify that you have provided the
|
|
// correct ID, and then try again.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeCommentIdRequiredException "CommentIdRequiredException"
|
|
// The comment ID is missing or null. A comment ID is required.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidCommentIdException "InvalidCommentIdException"
|
|
// The comment ID is not in a valid format. Make sure that you have provided
|
|
// the full comment ID.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeCommentDeletedException "CommentDeletedException"
|
|
// This comment has already been deleted. You cannot edit or delete a deleted
|
|
// comment.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/GetComment
|
|
func (c *CodeCommit) GetComment(input *GetCommentInput) (*GetCommentOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.GetCommentRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GetCommentWithContext is the same as GetComment with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See GetComment for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *CodeCommit) GetCommentWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetCommentInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetCommentOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.GetCommentRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opGetCommentsForComparedCommit = "GetCommentsForComparedCommit"
|
|
|
|
// GetCommentsForComparedCommitRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the GetCommentsForComparedCommit operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See GetCommentsForComparedCommit for more information on using the GetCommentsForComparedCommit
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the GetCommentsForComparedCommitRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.GetCommentsForComparedCommitRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/GetCommentsForComparedCommit
|
|
func (c *CodeCommit) GetCommentsForComparedCommitRequest(input *GetCommentsForComparedCommitInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetCommentsForComparedCommitOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opGetCommentsForComparedCommit,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
|
|
InputTokens: []string{"nextToken"},
|
|
OutputTokens: []string{"nextToken"},
|
|
LimitToken: "maxResults",
|
|
TruncationToken: "",
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &GetCommentsForComparedCommitInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &GetCommentsForComparedCommitOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GetCommentsForComparedCommit API operation for AWS CodeCommit.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns information about comments made on the comparison between two commits.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeCommit's
|
|
// API operation GetCommentsForComparedCommit for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeRepositoryNameRequiredException "RepositoryNameRequiredException"
|
|
// A repository name is required but was not specified.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeRepositoryDoesNotExistException "RepositoryDoesNotExistException"
|
|
// The specified repository does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryNameException "InvalidRepositoryNameException"
|
|
// At least one specified repository name is not valid.
|
|
//
|
|
// This exception only occurs when a specified repository name is not valid.
|
|
// Other exceptions occur when a required repository parameter is missing, or
|
|
// when a specified repository does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeCommitIdRequiredException "CommitIdRequiredException"
|
|
// A commit ID was not specified.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidCommitIdException "InvalidCommitIdException"
|
|
// The specified commit ID is not valid.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeCommitDoesNotExistException "CommitDoesNotExistException"
|
|
// The specified commit does not exist or no commit was specified, and the specified
|
|
// repository has no default branch.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidMaxResultsException "InvalidMaxResultsException"
|
|
// The specified number of maximum results is not valid.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidContinuationTokenException "InvalidContinuationTokenException"
|
|
// The specified continuation token is not valid.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException "EncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException"
|
|
// An encryption integrity check failed.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyAccessDeniedException "EncryptionKeyAccessDeniedException"
|
|
// An encryption key could not be accessed.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyDisabledException "EncryptionKeyDisabledException"
|
|
// The encryption key is disabled.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyNotFoundException "EncryptionKeyNotFoundException"
|
|
// No encryption key was found.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyUnavailableException "EncryptionKeyUnavailableException"
|
|
// The encryption key is not available.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/GetCommentsForComparedCommit
|
|
func (c *CodeCommit) GetCommentsForComparedCommit(input *GetCommentsForComparedCommitInput) (*GetCommentsForComparedCommitOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.GetCommentsForComparedCommitRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GetCommentsForComparedCommitWithContext is the same as GetCommentsForComparedCommit with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See GetCommentsForComparedCommit for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *CodeCommit) GetCommentsForComparedCommitWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetCommentsForComparedCommitInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetCommentsForComparedCommitOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.GetCommentsForComparedCommitRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GetCommentsForComparedCommitPages iterates over the pages of a GetCommentsForComparedCommit operation,
|
|
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
|
|
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
|
|
//
|
|
// See GetCommentsForComparedCommit method for more information on how to use this operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a GetCommentsForComparedCommit operation.
|
|
// pageNum := 0
|
|
// err := client.GetCommentsForComparedCommitPages(params,
|
|
// func(page *GetCommentsForComparedCommitOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
|
|
// pageNum++
|
|
// fmt.Println(page)
|
|
// return pageNum <= 3
|
|
// })
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *CodeCommit) GetCommentsForComparedCommitPages(input *GetCommentsForComparedCommitInput, fn func(*GetCommentsForComparedCommitOutput, bool) bool) error {
|
|
return c.GetCommentsForComparedCommitPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GetCommentsForComparedCommitPagesWithContext same as GetCommentsForComparedCommitPages except
|
|
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *CodeCommit) GetCommentsForComparedCommitPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetCommentsForComparedCommitInput, fn func(*GetCommentsForComparedCommitOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
|
|
p := request.Pagination{
|
|
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
|
|
var inCpy *GetCommentsForComparedCommitInput
|
|
if input != nil {
|
|
tmp := *input
|
|
inCpy = &tmp
|
|
}
|
|
req, _ := c.GetCommentsForComparedCommitRequest(inCpy)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return req, nil
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
cont := true
|
|
for p.Next() && cont {
|
|
cont = fn(p.Page().(*GetCommentsForComparedCommitOutput), !p.HasNextPage())
|
|
}
|
|
return p.Err()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opGetCommentsForPullRequest = "GetCommentsForPullRequest"
|
|
|
|
// GetCommentsForPullRequestRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the GetCommentsForPullRequest operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See GetCommentsForPullRequest for more information on using the GetCommentsForPullRequest
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the GetCommentsForPullRequestRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.GetCommentsForPullRequestRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/GetCommentsForPullRequest
|
|
func (c *CodeCommit) GetCommentsForPullRequestRequest(input *GetCommentsForPullRequestInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetCommentsForPullRequestOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opGetCommentsForPullRequest,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
|
|
InputTokens: []string{"nextToken"},
|
|
OutputTokens: []string{"nextToken"},
|
|
LimitToken: "maxResults",
|
|
TruncationToken: "",
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &GetCommentsForPullRequestInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &GetCommentsForPullRequestOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GetCommentsForPullRequest API operation for AWS CodeCommit.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns comments made on a pull request.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeCommit's
|
|
// API operation GetCommentsForPullRequest for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodePullRequestIdRequiredException "PullRequestIdRequiredException"
|
|
// A pull request ID is required, but none was provided.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodePullRequestDoesNotExistException "PullRequestDoesNotExistException"
|
|
// The pull request ID could not be found. Make sure that you have specified
|
|
// the correct repository name and pull request ID, and then try again.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidPullRequestIdException "InvalidPullRequestIdException"
|
|
// The pull request ID is not valid. Make sure that you have provided the full
|
|
// ID and that the pull request is in the specified repository, and then try
|
|
// again.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeRepositoryNameRequiredException "RepositoryNameRequiredException"
|
|
// A repository name is required but was not specified.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeRepositoryDoesNotExistException "RepositoryDoesNotExistException"
|
|
// The specified repository does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryNameException "InvalidRepositoryNameException"
|
|
// At least one specified repository name is not valid.
|
|
//
|
|
// This exception only occurs when a specified repository name is not valid.
|
|
// Other exceptions occur when a required repository parameter is missing, or
|
|
// when a specified repository does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeCommitIdRequiredException "CommitIdRequiredException"
|
|
// A commit ID was not specified.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidCommitIdException "InvalidCommitIdException"
|
|
// The specified commit ID is not valid.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeCommitDoesNotExistException "CommitDoesNotExistException"
|
|
// The specified commit does not exist or no commit was specified, and the specified
|
|
// repository has no default branch.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidMaxResultsException "InvalidMaxResultsException"
|
|
// The specified number of maximum results is not valid.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidContinuationTokenException "InvalidContinuationTokenException"
|
|
// The specified continuation token is not valid.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeRepositoryNotAssociatedWithPullRequestException "RepositoryNotAssociatedWithPullRequestException"
|
|
// The repository does not contain any pull requests with that pull request
|
|
// ID. Check to make sure you have provided the correct repository name for
|
|
// the pull request.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException "EncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException"
|
|
// An encryption integrity check failed.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyAccessDeniedException "EncryptionKeyAccessDeniedException"
|
|
// An encryption key could not be accessed.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyDisabledException "EncryptionKeyDisabledException"
|
|
// The encryption key is disabled.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyNotFoundException "EncryptionKeyNotFoundException"
|
|
// No encryption key was found.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyUnavailableException "EncryptionKeyUnavailableException"
|
|
// The encryption key is not available.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/GetCommentsForPullRequest
|
|
func (c *CodeCommit) GetCommentsForPullRequest(input *GetCommentsForPullRequestInput) (*GetCommentsForPullRequestOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.GetCommentsForPullRequestRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GetCommentsForPullRequestWithContext is the same as GetCommentsForPullRequest with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See GetCommentsForPullRequest for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *CodeCommit) GetCommentsForPullRequestWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetCommentsForPullRequestInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetCommentsForPullRequestOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.GetCommentsForPullRequestRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GetCommentsForPullRequestPages iterates over the pages of a GetCommentsForPullRequest operation,
|
|
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
|
|
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
|
|
//
|
|
// See GetCommentsForPullRequest method for more information on how to use this operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a GetCommentsForPullRequest operation.
|
|
// pageNum := 0
|
|
// err := client.GetCommentsForPullRequestPages(params,
|
|
// func(page *GetCommentsForPullRequestOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
|
|
// pageNum++
|
|
// fmt.Println(page)
|
|
// return pageNum <= 3
|
|
// })
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *CodeCommit) GetCommentsForPullRequestPages(input *GetCommentsForPullRequestInput, fn func(*GetCommentsForPullRequestOutput, bool) bool) error {
|
|
return c.GetCommentsForPullRequestPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GetCommentsForPullRequestPagesWithContext same as GetCommentsForPullRequestPages except
|
|
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *CodeCommit) GetCommentsForPullRequestPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetCommentsForPullRequestInput, fn func(*GetCommentsForPullRequestOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
|
|
p := request.Pagination{
|
|
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
|
|
var inCpy *GetCommentsForPullRequestInput
|
|
if input != nil {
|
|
tmp := *input
|
|
inCpy = &tmp
|
|
}
|
|
req, _ := c.GetCommentsForPullRequestRequest(inCpy)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return req, nil
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
cont := true
|
|
for p.Next() && cont {
|
|
cont = fn(p.Page().(*GetCommentsForPullRequestOutput), !p.HasNextPage())
|
|
}
|
|
return p.Err()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opGetCommit = "GetCommit"
|
|
|
|
// GetCommitRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the GetCommit operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See GetCommit for more information on using the GetCommit
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the GetCommitRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.GetCommitRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/GetCommit
|
|
func (c *CodeCommit) GetCommitRequest(input *GetCommitInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetCommitOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opGetCommit,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &GetCommitInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &GetCommitOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GetCommit API operation for AWS CodeCommit.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns information about a commit, including commit message and committer
|
|
// information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeCommit's
|
|
// API operation GetCommit for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeRepositoryNameRequiredException "RepositoryNameRequiredException"
|
|
// A repository name is required but was not specified.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryNameException "InvalidRepositoryNameException"
|
|
// At least one specified repository name is not valid.
|
|
//
|
|
// This exception only occurs when a specified repository name is not valid.
|
|
// Other exceptions occur when a required repository parameter is missing, or
|
|
// when a specified repository does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeRepositoryDoesNotExistException "RepositoryDoesNotExistException"
|
|
// The specified repository does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeCommitIdRequiredException "CommitIdRequiredException"
|
|
// A commit ID was not specified.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidCommitIdException "InvalidCommitIdException"
|
|
// The specified commit ID is not valid.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeCommitIdDoesNotExistException "CommitIdDoesNotExistException"
|
|
// The specified commit ID does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException "EncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException"
|
|
// An encryption integrity check failed.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyAccessDeniedException "EncryptionKeyAccessDeniedException"
|
|
// An encryption key could not be accessed.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyDisabledException "EncryptionKeyDisabledException"
|
|
// The encryption key is disabled.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyNotFoundException "EncryptionKeyNotFoundException"
|
|
// No encryption key was found.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyUnavailableException "EncryptionKeyUnavailableException"
|
|
// The encryption key is not available.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/GetCommit
|
|
func (c *CodeCommit) GetCommit(input *GetCommitInput) (*GetCommitOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.GetCommitRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GetCommitWithContext is the same as GetCommit with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See GetCommit for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *CodeCommit) GetCommitWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetCommitInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetCommitOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.GetCommitRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opGetDifferences = "GetDifferences"
|
|
|
|
// GetDifferencesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the GetDifferences operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See GetDifferences for more information on using the GetDifferences
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the GetDifferencesRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.GetDifferencesRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/GetDifferences
|
|
func (c *CodeCommit) GetDifferencesRequest(input *GetDifferencesInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetDifferencesOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opGetDifferences,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
|
|
InputTokens: []string{"NextToken"},
|
|
OutputTokens: []string{"NextToken"},
|
|
LimitToken: "MaxResults",
|
|
TruncationToken: "",
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &GetDifferencesInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &GetDifferencesOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GetDifferences API operation for AWS CodeCommit.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns information about the differences in a valid commit specifier (such
|
|
// as a branch, tag, HEAD, commit ID or other fully qualified reference). Results
|
|
// can be limited to a specified path.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeCommit's
|
|
// API operation GetDifferences for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeRepositoryNameRequiredException "RepositoryNameRequiredException"
|
|
// A repository name is required but was not specified.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeRepositoryDoesNotExistException "RepositoryDoesNotExistException"
|
|
// The specified repository does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryNameException "InvalidRepositoryNameException"
|
|
// At least one specified repository name is not valid.
|
|
//
|
|
// This exception only occurs when a specified repository name is not valid.
|
|
// Other exceptions occur when a required repository parameter is missing, or
|
|
// when a specified repository does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidContinuationTokenException "InvalidContinuationTokenException"
|
|
// The specified continuation token is not valid.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidMaxResultsException "InvalidMaxResultsException"
|
|
// The specified number of maximum results is not valid.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidCommitIdException "InvalidCommitIdException"
|
|
// The specified commit ID is not valid.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeCommitRequiredException "CommitRequiredException"
|
|
// A commit was not specified.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidCommitException "InvalidCommitException"
|
|
// The specified commit is not valid.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeCommitDoesNotExistException "CommitDoesNotExistException"
|
|
// The specified commit does not exist or no commit was specified, and the specified
|
|
// repository has no default branch.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidPathException "InvalidPathException"
|
|
// The specified path is not valid.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodePathDoesNotExistException "PathDoesNotExistException"
|
|
// The specified path does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException "EncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException"
|
|
// An encryption integrity check failed.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyAccessDeniedException "EncryptionKeyAccessDeniedException"
|
|
// An encryption key could not be accessed.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyDisabledException "EncryptionKeyDisabledException"
|
|
// The encryption key is disabled.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyNotFoundException "EncryptionKeyNotFoundException"
|
|
// No encryption key was found.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyUnavailableException "EncryptionKeyUnavailableException"
|
|
// The encryption key is not available.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/GetDifferences
|
|
func (c *CodeCommit) GetDifferences(input *GetDifferencesInput) (*GetDifferencesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.GetDifferencesRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GetDifferencesWithContext is the same as GetDifferences with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See GetDifferences for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *CodeCommit) GetDifferencesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetDifferencesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetDifferencesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.GetDifferencesRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GetDifferencesPages iterates over the pages of a GetDifferences operation,
|
|
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
|
|
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
|
|
//
|
|
// See GetDifferences method for more information on how to use this operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a GetDifferences operation.
|
|
// pageNum := 0
|
|
// err := client.GetDifferencesPages(params,
|
|
// func(page *GetDifferencesOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
|
|
// pageNum++
|
|
// fmt.Println(page)
|
|
// return pageNum <= 3
|
|
// })
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *CodeCommit) GetDifferencesPages(input *GetDifferencesInput, fn func(*GetDifferencesOutput, bool) bool) error {
|
|
return c.GetDifferencesPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GetDifferencesPagesWithContext same as GetDifferencesPages except
|
|
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *CodeCommit) GetDifferencesPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetDifferencesInput, fn func(*GetDifferencesOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
|
|
p := request.Pagination{
|
|
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
|
|
var inCpy *GetDifferencesInput
|
|
if input != nil {
|
|
tmp := *input
|
|
inCpy = &tmp
|
|
}
|
|
req, _ := c.GetDifferencesRequest(inCpy)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return req, nil
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
cont := true
|
|
for p.Next() && cont {
|
|
cont = fn(p.Page().(*GetDifferencesOutput), !p.HasNextPage())
|
|
}
|
|
return p.Err()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opGetMergeConflicts = "GetMergeConflicts"
|
|
|
|
// GetMergeConflictsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the GetMergeConflicts operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See GetMergeConflicts for more information on using the GetMergeConflicts
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the GetMergeConflictsRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.GetMergeConflictsRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/GetMergeConflicts
|
|
func (c *CodeCommit) GetMergeConflictsRequest(input *GetMergeConflictsInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetMergeConflictsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opGetMergeConflicts,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &GetMergeConflictsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &GetMergeConflictsOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GetMergeConflicts API operation for AWS CodeCommit.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns information about merge conflicts between the before and after commit
|
|
// IDs for a pull request in a repository.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeCommit's
|
|
// API operation GetMergeConflicts for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeRepositoryNameRequiredException "RepositoryNameRequiredException"
|
|
// A repository name is required but was not specified.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryNameException "InvalidRepositoryNameException"
|
|
// At least one specified repository name is not valid.
|
|
//
|
|
// This exception only occurs when a specified repository name is not valid.
|
|
// Other exceptions occur when a required repository parameter is missing, or
|
|
// when a specified repository does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeRepositoryDoesNotExistException "RepositoryDoesNotExistException"
|
|
// The specified repository does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeMergeOptionRequiredException "MergeOptionRequiredException"
|
|
// A merge option or stategy is required, and none was provided.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidMergeOptionException "InvalidMergeOptionException"
|
|
// The specified merge option is not valid. The only valid value is FAST_FORWARD_MERGE.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidDestinationCommitSpecifierException "InvalidDestinationCommitSpecifierException"
|
|
// The destination commit specifier is not valid. You must provide a valid branch
|
|
// name, tag, or full commit ID.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidSourceCommitSpecifierException "InvalidSourceCommitSpecifierException"
|
|
// The source commit specifier is not valid. You must provide a valid branch
|
|
// name, tag, or full commit ID.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeCommitRequiredException "CommitRequiredException"
|
|
// A commit was not specified.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeCommitDoesNotExistException "CommitDoesNotExistException"
|
|
// The specified commit does not exist or no commit was specified, and the specified
|
|
// repository has no default branch.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidCommitException "InvalidCommitException"
|
|
// The specified commit is not valid.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeTipsDivergenceExceededException "TipsDivergenceExceededException"
|
|
// The divergence between the tips of the provided commit specifiers is too
|
|
// great to determine whether there might be any merge conflicts. Locally compare
|
|
// the specifiers using git diff or a diff tool.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException "EncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException"
|
|
// An encryption integrity check failed.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyAccessDeniedException "EncryptionKeyAccessDeniedException"
|
|
// An encryption key could not be accessed.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyDisabledException "EncryptionKeyDisabledException"
|
|
// The encryption key is disabled.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyNotFoundException "EncryptionKeyNotFoundException"
|
|
// No encryption key was found.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyUnavailableException "EncryptionKeyUnavailableException"
|
|
// The encryption key is not available.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/GetMergeConflicts
|
|
func (c *CodeCommit) GetMergeConflicts(input *GetMergeConflictsInput) (*GetMergeConflictsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.GetMergeConflictsRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GetMergeConflictsWithContext is the same as GetMergeConflicts with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See GetMergeConflicts for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *CodeCommit) GetMergeConflictsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetMergeConflictsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetMergeConflictsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.GetMergeConflictsRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opGetPullRequest = "GetPullRequest"
|
|
|
|
// GetPullRequestRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the GetPullRequest operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See GetPullRequest for more information on using the GetPullRequest
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the GetPullRequestRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.GetPullRequestRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/GetPullRequest
|
|
func (c *CodeCommit) GetPullRequestRequest(input *GetPullRequestInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetPullRequestOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opGetPullRequest,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &GetPullRequestInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &GetPullRequestOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GetPullRequest API operation for AWS CodeCommit.
|
|
//
|
|
// Gets information about a pull request in a specified repository.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeCommit's
|
|
// API operation GetPullRequest for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodePullRequestDoesNotExistException "PullRequestDoesNotExistException"
|
|
// The pull request ID could not be found. Make sure that you have specified
|
|
// the correct repository name and pull request ID, and then try again.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidPullRequestIdException "InvalidPullRequestIdException"
|
|
// The pull request ID is not valid. Make sure that you have provided the full
|
|
// ID and that the pull request is in the specified repository, and then try
|
|
// again.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodePullRequestIdRequiredException "PullRequestIdRequiredException"
|
|
// A pull request ID is required, but none was provided.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException "EncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException"
|
|
// An encryption integrity check failed.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyAccessDeniedException "EncryptionKeyAccessDeniedException"
|
|
// An encryption key could not be accessed.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyDisabledException "EncryptionKeyDisabledException"
|
|
// The encryption key is disabled.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyNotFoundException "EncryptionKeyNotFoundException"
|
|
// No encryption key was found.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyUnavailableException "EncryptionKeyUnavailableException"
|
|
// The encryption key is not available.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/GetPullRequest
|
|
func (c *CodeCommit) GetPullRequest(input *GetPullRequestInput) (*GetPullRequestOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.GetPullRequestRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GetPullRequestWithContext is the same as GetPullRequest with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See GetPullRequest for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *CodeCommit) GetPullRequestWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetPullRequestInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetPullRequestOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.GetPullRequestRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opGetRepository = "GetRepository"
|
|
|
|
// GetRepositoryRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the GetRepository operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See GetRepository for more information on using the GetRepository
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the GetRepositoryRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.GetRepositoryRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/GetRepository
|
|
func (c *CodeCommit) GetRepositoryRequest(input *GetRepositoryInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetRepositoryOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opGetRepository,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &GetRepositoryInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &GetRepositoryOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GetRepository API operation for AWS CodeCommit.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns information about a repository.
|
|
//
|
|
// The description field for a repository accepts all HTML characters and all
|
|
// valid Unicode characters. Applications that do not HTML-encode the description
|
|
// and display it in a web page could expose users to potentially malicious
|
|
// code. Make sure that you HTML-encode the description field in any application
|
|
// that uses this API to display the repository description on a web page.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeCommit's
|
|
// API operation GetRepository for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeRepositoryNameRequiredException "RepositoryNameRequiredException"
|
|
// A repository name is required but was not specified.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeRepositoryDoesNotExistException "RepositoryDoesNotExistException"
|
|
// The specified repository does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryNameException "InvalidRepositoryNameException"
|
|
// At least one specified repository name is not valid.
|
|
//
|
|
// This exception only occurs when a specified repository name is not valid.
|
|
// Other exceptions occur when a required repository parameter is missing, or
|
|
// when a specified repository does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException "EncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException"
|
|
// An encryption integrity check failed.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyAccessDeniedException "EncryptionKeyAccessDeniedException"
|
|
// An encryption key could not be accessed.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyDisabledException "EncryptionKeyDisabledException"
|
|
// The encryption key is disabled.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyNotFoundException "EncryptionKeyNotFoundException"
|
|
// No encryption key was found.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyUnavailableException "EncryptionKeyUnavailableException"
|
|
// The encryption key is not available.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/GetRepository
|
|
func (c *CodeCommit) GetRepository(input *GetRepositoryInput) (*GetRepositoryOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.GetRepositoryRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GetRepositoryWithContext is the same as GetRepository with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See GetRepository for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *CodeCommit) GetRepositoryWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetRepositoryInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetRepositoryOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.GetRepositoryRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opGetRepositoryTriggers = "GetRepositoryTriggers"
|
|
|
|
// GetRepositoryTriggersRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the GetRepositoryTriggers operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See GetRepositoryTriggers for more information on using the GetRepositoryTriggers
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the GetRepositoryTriggersRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.GetRepositoryTriggersRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/GetRepositoryTriggers
|
|
func (c *CodeCommit) GetRepositoryTriggersRequest(input *GetRepositoryTriggersInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetRepositoryTriggersOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opGetRepositoryTriggers,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &GetRepositoryTriggersInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &GetRepositoryTriggersOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GetRepositoryTriggers API operation for AWS CodeCommit.
|
|
//
|
|
// Gets information about triggers configured for a repository.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeCommit's
|
|
// API operation GetRepositoryTriggers for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeRepositoryNameRequiredException "RepositoryNameRequiredException"
|
|
// A repository name is required but was not specified.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryNameException "InvalidRepositoryNameException"
|
|
// At least one specified repository name is not valid.
|
|
//
|
|
// This exception only occurs when a specified repository name is not valid.
|
|
// Other exceptions occur when a required repository parameter is missing, or
|
|
// when a specified repository does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeRepositoryDoesNotExistException "RepositoryDoesNotExistException"
|
|
// The specified repository does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException "EncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException"
|
|
// An encryption integrity check failed.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyAccessDeniedException "EncryptionKeyAccessDeniedException"
|
|
// An encryption key could not be accessed.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyDisabledException "EncryptionKeyDisabledException"
|
|
// The encryption key is disabled.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyNotFoundException "EncryptionKeyNotFoundException"
|
|
// No encryption key was found.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyUnavailableException "EncryptionKeyUnavailableException"
|
|
// The encryption key is not available.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/GetRepositoryTriggers
|
|
func (c *CodeCommit) GetRepositoryTriggers(input *GetRepositoryTriggersInput) (*GetRepositoryTriggersOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.GetRepositoryTriggersRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GetRepositoryTriggersWithContext is the same as GetRepositoryTriggers with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See GetRepositoryTriggers for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *CodeCommit) GetRepositoryTriggersWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetRepositoryTriggersInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetRepositoryTriggersOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.GetRepositoryTriggersRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opListBranches = "ListBranches"
|
|
|
|
// ListBranchesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the ListBranches operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ListBranches for more information on using the ListBranches
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the ListBranchesRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.ListBranchesRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/ListBranches
|
|
func (c *CodeCommit) ListBranchesRequest(input *ListBranchesInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListBranchesOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opListBranches,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
|
|
InputTokens: []string{"nextToken"},
|
|
OutputTokens: []string{"nextToken"},
|
|
LimitToken: "",
|
|
TruncationToken: "",
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &ListBranchesInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &ListBranchesOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ListBranches API operation for AWS CodeCommit.
|
|
//
|
|
// Gets information about one or more branches in a repository.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeCommit's
|
|
// API operation ListBranches for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeRepositoryNameRequiredException "RepositoryNameRequiredException"
|
|
// A repository name is required but was not specified.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeRepositoryDoesNotExistException "RepositoryDoesNotExistException"
|
|
// The specified repository does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryNameException "InvalidRepositoryNameException"
|
|
// At least one specified repository name is not valid.
|
|
//
|
|
// This exception only occurs when a specified repository name is not valid.
|
|
// Other exceptions occur when a required repository parameter is missing, or
|
|
// when a specified repository does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException "EncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException"
|
|
// An encryption integrity check failed.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyAccessDeniedException "EncryptionKeyAccessDeniedException"
|
|
// An encryption key could not be accessed.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyDisabledException "EncryptionKeyDisabledException"
|
|
// The encryption key is disabled.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyNotFoundException "EncryptionKeyNotFoundException"
|
|
// No encryption key was found.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyUnavailableException "EncryptionKeyUnavailableException"
|
|
// The encryption key is not available.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidContinuationTokenException "InvalidContinuationTokenException"
|
|
// The specified continuation token is not valid.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/ListBranches
|
|
func (c *CodeCommit) ListBranches(input *ListBranchesInput) (*ListBranchesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ListBranchesRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ListBranchesWithContext is the same as ListBranches with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ListBranches for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *CodeCommit) ListBranchesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListBranchesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListBranchesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ListBranchesRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ListBranchesPages iterates over the pages of a ListBranches operation,
|
|
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
|
|
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ListBranches method for more information on how to use this operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListBranches operation.
|
|
// pageNum := 0
|
|
// err := client.ListBranchesPages(params,
|
|
// func(page *ListBranchesOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
|
|
// pageNum++
|
|
// fmt.Println(page)
|
|
// return pageNum <= 3
|
|
// })
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *CodeCommit) ListBranchesPages(input *ListBranchesInput, fn func(*ListBranchesOutput, bool) bool) error {
|
|
return c.ListBranchesPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ListBranchesPagesWithContext same as ListBranchesPages except
|
|
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *CodeCommit) ListBranchesPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListBranchesInput, fn func(*ListBranchesOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
|
|
p := request.Pagination{
|
|
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
|
|
var inCpy *ListBranchesInput
|
|
if input != nil {
|
|
tmp := *input
|
|
inCpy = &tmp
|
|
}
|
|
req, _ := c.ListBranchesRequest(inCpy)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return req, nil
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
cont := true
|
|
for p.Next() && cont {
|
|
cont = fn(p.Page().(*ListBranchesOutput), !p.HasNextPage())
|
|
}
|
|
return p.Err()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opListPullRequests = "ListPullRequests"
|
|
|
|
// ListPullRequestsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the ListPullRequests operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ListPullRequests for more information on using the ListPullRequests
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the ListPullRequestsRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.ListPullRequestsRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/ListPullRequests
|
|
func (c *CodeCommit) ListPullRequestsRequest(input *ListPullRequestsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListPullRequestsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opListPullRequests,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
|
|
InputTokens: []string{"nextToken"},
|
|
OutputTokens: []string{"nextToken"},
|
|
LimitToken: "maxResults",
|
|
TruncationToken: "",
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &ListPullRequestsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &ListPullRequestsOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ListPullRequests API operation for AWS CodeCommit.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns a list of pull requests for a specified repository. The return list
|
|
// can be refined by pull request status or pull request author ARN.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeCommit's
|
|
// API operation ListPullRequests for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidPullRequestStatusException "InvalidPullRequestStatusException"
|
|
// The pull request status is not valid. The only valid values are OPEN and
|
|
// CLOSED.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidAuthorArnException "InvalidAuthorArnException"
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) is not valid. Make sure that you have provided
|
|
// the full ARN for the author of the pull request, and then try again.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeAuthorDoesNotExistException "AuthorDoesNotExistException"
|
|
// The specified Amazon Resource Name (ARN) does not exist in the AWS account.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeRepositoryNameRequiredException "RepositoryNameRequiredException"
|
|
// A repository name is required but was not specified.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryNameException "InvalidRepositoryNameException"
|
|
// At least one specified repository name is not valid.
|
|
//
|
|
// This exception only occurs when a specified repository name is not valid.
|
|
// Other exceptions occur when a required repository parameter is missing, or
|
|
// when a specified repository does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeRepositoryDoesNotExistException "RepositoryDoesNotExistException"
|
|
// The specified repository does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidMaxResultsException "InvalidMaxResultsException"
|
|
// The specified number of maximum results is not valid.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidContinuationTokenException "InvalidContinuationTokenException"
|
|
// The specified continuation token is not valid.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException "EncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException"
|
|
// An encryption integrity check failed.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyAccessDeniedException "EncryptionKeyAccessDeniedException"
|
|
// An encryption key could not be accessed.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyDisabledException "EncryptionKeyDisabledException"
|
|
// The encryption key is disabled.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyNotFoundException "EncryptionKeyNotFoundException"
|
|
// No encryption key was found.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyUnavailableException "EncryptionKeyUnavailableException"
|
|
// The encryption key is not available.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/ListPullRequests
|
|
func (c *CodeCommit) ListPullRequests(input *ListPullRequestsInput) (*ListPullRequestsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ListPullRequestsRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ListPullRequestsWithContext is the same as ListPullRequests with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ListPullRequests for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *CodeCommit) ListPullRequestsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListPullRequestsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListPullRequestsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ListPullRequestsRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ListPullRequestsPages iterates over the pages of a ListPullRequests operation,
|
|
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
|
|
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ListPullRequests method for more information on how to use this operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListPullRequests operation.
|
|
// pageNum := 0
|
|
// err := client.ListPullRequestsPages(params,
|
|
// func(page *ListPullRequestsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
|
|
// pageNum++
|
|
// fmt.Println(page)
|
|
// return pageNum <= 3
|
|
// })
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *CodeCommit) ListPullRequestsPages(input *ListPullRequestsInput, fn func(*ListPullRequestsOutput, bool) bool) error {
|
|
return c.ListPullRequestsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ListPullRequestsPagesWithContext same as ListPullRequestsPages except
|
|
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *CodeCommit) ListPullRequestsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListPullRequestsInput, fn func(*ListPullRequestsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
|
|
p := request.Pagination{
|
|
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
|
|
var inCpy *ListPullRequestsInput
|
|
if input != nil {
|
|
tmp := *input
|
|
inCpy = &tmp
|
|
}
|
|
req, _ := c.ListPullRequestsRequest(inCpy)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return req, nil
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
cont := true
|
|
for p.Next() && cont {
|
|
cont = fn(p.Page().(*ListPullRequestsOutput), !p.HasNextPage())
|
|
}
|
|
return p.Err()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opListRepositories = "ListRepositories"
|
|
|
|
// ListRepositoriesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the ListRepositories operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ListRepositories for more information on using the ListRepositories
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the ListRepositoriesRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.ListRepositoriesRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/ListRepositories
|
|
func (c *CodeCommit) ListRepositoriesRequest(input *ListRepositoriesInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListRepositoriesOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opListRepositories,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
|
|
InputTokens: []string{"nextToken"},
|
|
OutputTokens: []string{"nextToken"},
|
|
LimitToken: "",
|
|
TruncationToken: "",
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &ListRepositoriesInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &ListRepositoriesOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ListRepositories API operation for AWS CodeCommit.
|
|
//
|
|
// Gets information about one or more repositories.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeCommit's
|
|
// API operation ListRepositories for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidSortByException "InvalidSortByException"
|
|
// The specified sort by value is not valid.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidOrderException "InvalidOrderException"
|
|
// The specified sort order is not valid.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidContinuationTokenException "InvalidContinuationTokenException"
|
|
// The specified continuation token is not valid.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/ListRepositories
|
|
func (c *CodeCommit) ListRepositories(input *ListRepositoriesInput) (*ListRepositoriesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ListRepositoriesRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ListRepositoriesWithContext is the same as ListRepositories with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ListRepositories for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *CodeCommit) ListRepositoriesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListRepositoriesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListRepositoriesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ListRepositoriesRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ListRepositoriesPages iterates over the pages of a ListRepositories operation,
|
|
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
|
|
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ListRepositories method for more information on how to use this operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListRepositories operation.
|
|
// pageNum := 0
|
|
// err := client.ListRepositoriesPages(params,
|
|
// func(page *ListRepositoriesOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
|
|
// pageNum++
|
|
// fmt.Println(page)
|
|
// return pageNum <= 3
|
|
// })
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *CodeCommit) ListRepositoriesPages(input *ListRepositoriesInput, fn func(*ListRepositoriesOutput, bool) bool) error {
|
|
return c.ListRepositoriesPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ListRepositoriesPagesWithContext same as ListRepositoriesPages except
|
|
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *CodeCommit) ListRepositoriesPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListRepositoriesInput, fn func(*ListRepositoriesOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
|
|
p := request.Pagination{
|
|
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
|
|
var inCpy *ListRepositoriesInput
|
|
if input != nil {
|
|
tmp := *input
|
|
inCpy = &tmp
|
|
}
|
|
req, _ := c.ListRepositoriesRequest(inCpy)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return req, nil
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
cont := true
|
|
for p.Next() && cont {
|
|
cont = fn(p.Page().(*ListRepositoriesOutput), !p.HasNextPage())
|
|
}
|
|
return p.Err()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opMergePullRequestByFastForward = "MergePullRequestByFastForward"
|
|
|
|
// MergePullRequestByFastForwardRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the MergePullRequestByFastForward operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See MergePullRequestByFastForward for more information on using the MergePullRequestByFastForward
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the MergePullRequestByFastForwardRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.MergePullRequestByFastForwardRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/MergePullRequestByFastForward
|
|
func (c *CodeCommit) MergePullRequestByFastForwardRequest(input *MergePullRequestByFastForwardInput) (req *request.Request, output *MergePullRequestByFastForwardOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opMergePullRequestByFastForward,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &MergePullRequestByFastForwardInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &MergePullRequestByFastForwardOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// MergePullRequestByFastForward API operation for AWS CodeCommit.
|
|
//
|
|
// Closes a pull request and attempts to merge the source commit of a pull request
|
|
// into the specified destination branch for that pull request at the specified
|
|
// commit using the fast-forward merge option.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeCommit's
|
|
// API operation MergePullRequestByFastForward for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeManualMergeRequiredException "ManualMergeRequiredException"
|
|
// The pull request cannot be merged automatically into the destination branch.
|
|
// You must manually merge the branches and resolve any conflicts.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodePullRequestAlreadyClosedException "PullRequestAlreadyClosedException"
|
|
// The pull request status cannot be updated because it is already closed.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodePullRequestDoesNotExistException "PullRequestDoesNotExistException"
|
|
// The pull request ID could not be found. Make sure that you have specified
|
|
// the correct repository name and pull request ID, and then try again.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidPullRequestIdException "InvalidPullRequestIdException"
|
|
// The pull request ID is not valid. Make sure that you have provided the full
|
|
// ID and that the pull request is in the specified repository, and then try
|
|
// again.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodePullRequestIdRequiredException "PullRequestIdRequiredException"
|
|
// A pull request ID is required, but none was provided.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeTipOfSourceReferenceIsDifferentException "TipOfSourceReferenceIsDifferentException"
|
|
// The tip of the source branch in the destination repository does not match
|
|
// the tip of the source branch specified in your request. The pull request
|
|
// might have been updated. Make sure that you have the latest changes.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeReferenceDoesNotExistException "ReferenceDoesNotExistException"
|
|
// The specified reference does not exist. You must provide a full commit ID.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidCommitIdException "InvalidCommitIdException"
|
|
// The specified commit ID is not valid.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeRepositoryNameRequiredException "RepositoryNameRequiredException"
|
|
// A repository name is required but was not specified.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryNameException "InvalidRepositoryNameException"
|
|
// At least one specified repository name is not valid.
|
|
//
|
|
// This exception only occurs when a specified repository name is not valid.
|
|
// Other exceptions occur when a required repository parameter is missing, or
|
|
// when a specified repository does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeRepositoryDoesNotExistException "RepositoryDoesNotExistException"
|
|
// The specified repository does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException "EncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException"
|
|
// An encryption integrity check failed.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyAccessDeniedException "EncryptionKeyAccessDeniedException"
|
|
// An encryption key could not be accessed.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyDisabledException "EncryptionKeyDisabledException"
|
|
// The encryption key is disabled.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyNotFoundException "EncryptionKeyNotFoundException"
|
|
// No encryption key was found.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyUnavailableException "EncryptionKeyUnavailableException"
|
|
// The encryption key is not available.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/MergePullRequestByFastForward
|
|
func (c *CodeCommit) MergePullRequestByFastForward(input *MergePullRequestByFastForwardInput) (*MergePullRequestByFastForwardOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.MergePullRequestByFastForwardRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// MergePullRequestByFastForwardWithContext is the same as MergePullRequestByFastForward with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See MergePullRequestByFastForward for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *CodeCommit) MergePullRequestByFastForwardWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *MergePullRequestByFastForwardInput, opts ...request.Option) (*MergePullRequestByFastForwardOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.MergePullRequestByFastForwardRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opPostCommentForComparedCommit = "PostCommentForComparedCommit"
|
|
|
|
// PostCommentForComparedCommitRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the PostCommentForComparedCommit operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See PostCommentForComparedCommit for more information on using the PostCommentForComparedCommit
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the PostCommentForComparedCommitRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.PostCommentForComparedCommitRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/PostCommentForComparedCommit
|
|
func (c *CodeCommit) PostCommentForComparedCommitRequest(input *PostCommentForComparedCommitInput) (req *request.Request, output *PostCommentForComparedCommitOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opPostCommentForComparedCommit,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &PostCommentForComparedCommitInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &PostCommentForComparedCommitOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// PostCommentForComparedCommit API operation for AWS CodeCommit.
|
|
//
|
|
// Posts a comment on the comparison between two commits.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeCommit's
|
|
// API operation PostCommentForComparedCommit for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeRepositoryNameRequiredException "RepositoryNameRequiredException"
|
|
// A repository name is required but was not specified.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeRepositoryDoesNotExistException "RepositoryDoesNotExistException"
|
|
// The specified repository does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryNameException "InvalidRepositoryNameException"
|
|
// At least one specified repository name is not valid.
|
|
//
|
|
// This exception only occurs when a specified repository name is not valid.
|
|
// Other exceptions occur when a required repository parameter is missing, or
|
|
// when a specified repository does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeClientRequestTokenRequiredException "ClientRequestTokenRequiredException"
|
|
// A client request token is required. A client request token is an unique,
|
|
// client-generated idempotency token that when provided in a request, ensures
|
|
// the request cannot be repeated with a changed parameter. If a request is
|
|
// received with the same parameters and a token is included, the request will
|
|
// return information about the initial request that used that token.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidClientRequestTokenException "InvalidClientRequestTokenException"
|
|
// The client request token is not valid.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeIdempotencyParameterMismatchException "IdempotencyParameterMismatchException"
|
|
// The client request token is not valid. Either the token is not in a valid
|
|
// format, or the token has been used in a previous request and cannot be re-used.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeCommentContentRequiredException "CommentContentRequiredException"
|
|
// The comment is empty. You must provide some content for a comment. The content
|
|
// cannot be null.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeCommentContentSizeLimitExceededException "CommentContentSizeLimitExceededException"
|
|
// The comment is too large. Comments are limited to 1,000 characters.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidFileLocationException "InvalidFileLocationException"
|
|
// The location of the file is not valid. Make sure that you include the extension
|
|
// of the file as well as the file name.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidRelativeFileVersionEnumException "InvalidRelativeFileVersionEnumException"
|
|
// Either the enum is not in a valid format, or the specified file version enum
|
|
// is not valid in respect to the current file version.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodePathRequiredException "PathRequiredException"
|
|
// The filePath for a location cannot be empty or null.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidFilePositionException "InvalidFilePositionException"
|
|
// The position is not valid. Make sure that the line number exists in the version
|
|
// of the file you want to comment on.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeCommitIdRequiredException "CommitIdRequiredException"
|
|
// A commit ID was not specified.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidCommitIdException "InvalidCommitIdException"
|
|
// The specified commit ID is not valid.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException "EncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException"
|
|
// An encryption integrity check failed.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyAccessDeniedException "EncryptionKeyAccessDeniedException"
|
|
// An encryption key could not be accessed.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyDisabledException "EncryptionKeyDisabledException"
|
|
// The encryption key is disabled.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyNotFoundException "EncryptionKeyNotFoundException"
|
|
// No encryption key was found.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyUnavailableException "EncryptionKeyUnavailableException"
|
|
// The encryption key is not available.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeBeforeCommitIdAndAfterCommitIdAreSameException "BeforeCommitIdAndAfterCommitIdAreSameException"
|
|
// The before commit ID and the after commit ID are the same, which is not valid.
|
|
// The before commit ID and the after commit ID must be different commit IDs.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeCommitDoesNotExistException "CommitDoesNotExistException"
|
|
// The specified commit does not exist or no commit was specified, and the specified
|
|
// repository has no default branch.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidPathException "InvalidPathException"
|
|
// The specified path is not valid.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodePathDoesNotExistException "PathDoesNotExistException"
|
|
// The specified path does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/PostCommentForComparedCommit
|
|
func (c *CodeCommit) PostCommentForComparedCommit(input *PostCommentForComparedCommitInput) (*PostCommentForComparedCommitOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.PostCommentForComparedCommitRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// PostCommentForComparedCommitWithContext is the same as PostCommentForComparedCommit with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See PostCommentForComparedCommit for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *CodeCommit) PostCommentForComparedCommitWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PostCommentForComparedCommitInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PostCommentForComparedCommitOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.PostCommentForComparedCommitRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opPostCommentForPullRequest = "PostCommentForPullRequest"
|
|
|
|
// PostCommentForPullRequestRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the PostCommentForPullRequest operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See PostCommentForPullRequest for more information on using the PostCommentForPullRequest
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the PostCommentForPullRequestRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.PostCommentForPullRequestRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/PostCommentForPullRequest
|
|
func (c *CodeCommit) PostCommentForPullRequestRequest(input *PostCommentForPullRequestInput) (req *request.Request, output *PostCommentForPullRequestOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opPostCommentForPullRequest,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &PostCommentForPullRequestInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &PostCommentForPullRequestOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// PostCommentForPullRequest API operation for AWS CodeCommit.
|
|
//
|
|
// Posts a comment on a pull request.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeCommit's
|
|
// API operation PostCommentForPullRequest for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodePullRequestDoesNotExistException "PullRequestDoesNotExistException"
|
|
// The pull request ID could not be found. Make sure that you have specified
|
|
// the correct repository name and pull request ID, and then try again.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidPullRequestIdException "InvalidPullRequestIdException"
|
|
// The pull request ID is not valid. Make sure that you have provided the full
|
|
// ID and that the pull request is in the specified repository, and then try
|
|
// again.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodePullRequestIdRequiredException "PullRequestIdRequiredException"
|
|
// A pull request ID is required, but none was provided.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeRepositoryNotAssociatedWithPullRequestException "RepositoryNotAssociatedWithPullRequestException"
|
|
// The repository does not contain any pull requests with that pull request
|
|
// ID. Check to make sure you have provided the correct repository name for
|
|
// the pull request.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeRepositoryNameRequiredException "RepositoryNameRequiredException"
|
|
// A repository name is required but was not specified.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeRepositoryDoesNotExistException "RepositoryDoesNotExistException"
|
|
// The specified repository does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryNameException "InvalidRepositoryNameException"
|
|
// At least one specified repository name is not valid.
|
|
//
|
|
// This exception only occurs when a specified repository name is not valid.
|
|
// Other exceptions occur when a required repository parameter is missing, or
|
|
// when a specified repository does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeClientRequestTokenRequiredException "ClientRequestTokenRequiredException"
|
|
// A client request token is required. A client request token is an unique,
|
|
// client-generated idempotency token that when provided in a request, ensures
|
|
// the request cannot be repeated with a changed parameter. If a request is
|
|
// received with the same parameters and a token is included, the request will
|
|
// return information about the initial request that used that token.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidClientRequestTokenException "InvalidClientRequestTokenException"
|
|
// The client request token is not valid.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeIdempotencyParameterMismatchException "IdempotencyParameterMismatchException"
|
|
// The client request token is not valid. Either the token is not in a valid
|
|
// format, or the token has been used in a previous request and cannot be re-used.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeCommentContentRequiredException "CommentContentRequiredException"
|
|
// The comment is empty. You must provide some content for a comment. The content
|
|
// cannot be null.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeCommentContentSizeLimitExceededException "CommentContentSizeLimitExceededException"
|
|
// The comment is too large. Comments are limited to 1,000 characters.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidFileLocationException "InvalidFileLocationException"
|
|
// The location of the file is not valid. Make sure that you include the extension
|
|
// of the file as well as the file name.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidRelativeFileVersionEnumException "InvalidRelativeFileVersionEnumException"
|
|
// Either the enum is not in a valid format, or the specified file version enum
|
|
// is not valid in respect to the current file version.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodePathRequiredException "PathRequiredException"
|
|
// The filePath for a location cannot be empty or null.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidFilePositionException "InvalidFilePositionException"
|
|
// The position is not valid. Make sure that the line number exists in the version
|
|
// of the file you want to comment on.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeCommitIdRequiredException "CommitIdRequiredException"
|
|
// A commit ID was not specified.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidCommitIdException "InvalidCommitIdException"
|
|
// The specified commit ID is not valid.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException "EncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException"
|
|
// An encryption integrity check failed.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyAccessDeniedException "EncryptionKeyAccessDeniedException"
|
|
// An encryption key could not be accessed.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyDisabledException "EncryptionKeyDisabledException"
|
|
// The encryption key is disabled.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyNotFoundException "EncryptionKeyNotFoundException"
|
|
// No encryption key was found.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyUnavailableException "EncryptionKeyUnavailableException"
|
|
// The encryption key is not available.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeCommitDoesNotExistException "CommitDoesNotExistException"
|
|
// The specified commit does not exist or no commit was specified, and the specified
|
|
// repository has no default branch.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidPathException "InvalidPathException"
|
|
// The specified path is not valid.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodePathDoesNotExistException "PathDoesNotExistException"
|
|
// The specified path does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodePathRequiredException "PathRequiredException"
|
|
// The filePath for a location cannot be empty or null.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeBeforeCommitIdAndAfterCommitIdAreSameException "BeforeCommitIdAndAfterCommitIdAreSameException"
|
|
// The before commit ID and the after commit ID are the same, which is not valid.
|
|
// The before commit ID and the after commit ID must be different commit IDs.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/PostCommentForPullRequest
|
|
func (c *CodeCommit) PostCommentForPullRequest(input *PostCommentForPullRequestInput) (*PostCommentForPullRequestOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.PostCommentForPullRequestRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// PostCommentForPullRequestWithContext is the same as PostCommentForPullRequest with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See PostCommentForPullRequest for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *CodeCommit) PostCommentForPullRequestWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PostCommentForPullRequestInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PostCommentForPullRequestOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.PostCommentForPullRequestRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opPostCommentReply = "PostCommentReply"
|
|
|
|
// PostCommentReplyRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the PostCommentReply operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See PostCommentReply for more information on using the PostCommentReply
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the PostCommentReplyRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.PostCommentReplyRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/PostCommentReply
|
|
func (c *CodeCommit) PostCommentReplyRequest(input *PostCommentReplyInput) (req *request.Request, output *PostCommentReplyOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opPostCommentReply,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &PostCommentReplyInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &PostCommentReplyOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// PostCommentReply API operation for AWS CodeCommit.
|
|
//
|
|
// Posts a comment in reply to an existing comment on a comparison between commits
|
|
// or a pull request.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeCommit's
|
|
// API operation PostCommentReply for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeClientRequestTokenRequiredException "ClientRequestTokenRequiredException"
|
|
// A client request token is required. A client request token is an unique,
|
|
// client-generated idempotency token that when provided in a request, ensures
|
|
// the request cannot be repeated with a changed parameter. If a request is
|
|
// received with the same parameters and a token is included, the request will
|
|
// return information about the initial request that used that token.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidClientRequestTokenException "InvalidClientRequestTokenException"
|
|
// The client request token is not valid.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeIdempotencyParameterMismatchException "IdempotencyParameterMismatchException"
|
|
// The client request token is not valid. Either the token is not in a valid
|
|
// format, or the token has been used in a previous request and cannot be re-used.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeCommentContentRequiredException "CommentContentRequiredException"
|
|
// The comment is empty. You must provide some content for a comment. The content
|
|
// cannot be null.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeCommentContentSizeLimitExceededException "CommentContentSizeLimitExceededException"
|
|
// The comment is too large. Comments are limited to 1,000 characters.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeCommentDoesNotExistException "CommentDoesNotExistException"
|
|
// No comment exists with the provided ID. Verify that you have provided the
|
|
// correct ID, and then try again.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeCommentIdRequiredException "CommentIdRequiredException"
|
|
// The comment ID is missing or null. A comment ID is required.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidCommentIdException "InvalidCommentIdException"
|
|
// The comment ID is not in a valid format. Make sure that you have provided
|
|
// the full comment ID.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/PostCommentReply
|
|
func (c *CodeCommit) PostCommentReply(input *PostCommentReplyInput) (*PostCommentReplyOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.PostCommentReplyRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// PostCommentReplyWithContext is the same as PostCommentReply with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See PostCommentReply for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *CodeCommit) PostCommentReplyWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PostCommentReplyInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PostCommentReplyOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.PostCommentReplyRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opPutFile = "PutFile"
|
|
|
|
// PutFileRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the PutFile operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See PutFile for more information on using the PutFile
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the PutFileRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.PutFileRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/PutFile
|
|
func (c *CodeCommit) PutFileRequest(input *PutFileInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutFileOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opPutFile,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &PutFileInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &PutFileOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// PutFile API operation for AWS CodeCommit.
|
|
//
|
|
// Adds or updates a file in an AWS CodeCommit repository.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeCommit's
|
|
// API operation PutFile for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeRepositoryNameRequiredException "RepositoryNameRequiredException"
|
|
// A repository name is required but was not specified.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryNameException "InvalidRepositoryNameException"
|
|
// At least one specified repository name is not valid.
|
|
//
|
|
// This exception only occurs when a specified repository name is not valid.
|
|
// Other exceptions occur when a required repository parameter is missing, or
|
|
// when a specified repository does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeRepositoryDoesNotExistException "RepositoryDoesNotExistException"
|
|
// The specified repository does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeParentCommitIdRequiredException "ParentCommitIdRequiredException"
|
|
// A parent commit ID is required. To view the full commit ID of a branch in
|
|
// a repository, use GetBranch or a Git command (for example, git pull or git
|
|
// log).
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidParentCommitIdException "InvalidParentCommitIdException"
|
|
// The parent commit ID is not valid. The commit ID cannot be empty, and must
|
|
// match the head commit ID for the branch of the repository where you want
|
|
// to add or update a file.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeParentCommitDoesNotExistException "ParentCommitDoesNotExistException"
|
|
// The parent commit ID is not valid. The specified parent commit ID does not
|
|
// exist in the specified branch of the repository.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeParentCommitIdOutdatedException "ParentCommitIdOutdatedException"
|
|
// The file could not be added because the provided parent commit ID is not
|
|
// the current tip of the specified branch. To view the full commit ID of the
|
|
// current head of the branch, use GetBranch.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeFileContentRequiredException "FileContentRequiredException"
|
|
// The file cannot be added because it is empty. Empty files cannot be added
|
|
// to the repository with this API.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeFileContentSizeLimitExceededException "FileContentSizeLimitExceededException"
|
|
// The file cannot be added because it is too large. The maximum file size that
|
|
// can be added using PutFile is 6 MB. For files larger than 6 MB but smaller
|
|
// than 2 GB, add them using a Git client.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodePathRequiredException "PathRequiredException"
|
|
// The filePath for a location cannot be empty or null.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidPathException "InvalidPathException"
|
|
// The specified path is not valid.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeBranchNameRequiredException "BranchNameRequiredException"
|
|
// A branch name is required but was not specified.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidBranchNameException "InvalidBranchNameException"
|
|
// The specified reference name is not valid.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeBranchDoesNotExistException "BranchDoesNotExistException"
|
|
// The specified branch does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeBranchNameIsTagNameException "BranchNameIsTagNameException"
|
|
// The specified branch name is not valid because it is a tag name. Type the
|
|
// name of a current branch in the repository. For a list of valid branch names,
|
|
// use ListBranches.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidFileModeException "InvalidFileModeException"
|
|
// The specified file mode permission is not valid. For a list of valid file
|
|
// mode permissions, see PutFile.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeNameLengthExceededException "NameLengthExceededException"
|
|
// The file name is not valid because it has exceeded the character limit for
|
|
// file names. File names, including the path to the file, cannot exceed the
|
|
// character limit.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidEmailException "InvalidEmailException"
|
|
// The specified email address either contains one or more characters that are
|
|
// not allowed, or it exceeds the maximum number of characters allowed for an
|
|
// email address.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeCommitMessageLengthExceededException "CommitMessageLengthExceededException"
|
|
// The commit message is too long. Provide a shorter string.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException "EncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException"
|
|
// An encryption integrity check failed.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyAccessDeniedException "EncryptionKeyAccessDeniedException"
|
|
// An encryption key could not be accessed.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyDisabledException "EncryptionKeyDisabledException"
|
|
// The encryption key is disabled.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyNotFoundException "EncryptionKeyNotFoundException"
|
|
// No encryption key was found.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyUnavailableException "EncryptionKeyUnavailableException"
|
|
// The encryption key is not available.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeSameFileContentException "SameFileContentException"
|
|
// The file was not added or updated because the content of the file is exactly
|
|
// the same as the content of that file in the repository and branch that you
|
|
// specified.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeFileNameConflictsWithDirectoryNameException "FileNameConflictsWithDirectoryNameException"
|
|
// A file cannot be added to the repository because the specified file name
|
|
// has the same name as a directory in this repository. Either provide another
|
|
// name for the file, or add the file in a directory that does not match the
|
|
// file name.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeDirectoryNameConflictsWithFileNameException "DirectoryNameConflictsWithFileNameException"
|
|
// A file cannot be added to the repository because the specified path name
|
|
// has the same name as a file that already exists in this repository. Either
|
|
// provide a different name for the file, or specify a different path for the
|
|
// file.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/PutFile
|
|
func (c *CodeCommit) PutFile(input *PutFileInput) (*PutFileOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.PutFileRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// PutFileWithContext is the same as PutFile with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See PutFile for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *CodeCommit) PutFileWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutFileInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutFileOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.PutFileRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opPutRepositoryTriggers = "PutRepositoryTriggers"
|
|
|
|
// PutRepositoryTriggersRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the PutRepositoryTriggers operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See PutRepositoryTriggers for more information on using the PutRepositoryTriggers
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the PutRepositoryTriggersRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.PutRepositoryTriggersRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/PutRepositoryTriggers
|
|
func (c *CodeCommit) PutRepositoryTriggersRequest(input *PutRepositoryTriggersInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutRepositoryTriggersOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opPutRepositoryTriggers,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &PutRepositoryTriggersInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &PutRepositoryTriggersOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// PutRepositoryTriggers API operation for AWS CodeCommit.
|
|
//
|
|
// Replaces all triggers for a repository. This can be used to create or delete
|
|
// triggers.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeCommit's
|
|
// API operation PutRepositoryTriggers for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeRepositoryDoesNotExistException "RepositoryDoesNotExistException"
|
|
// The specified repository does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeRepositoryNameRequiredException "RepositoryNameRequiredException"
|
|
// A repository name is required but was not specified.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryNameException "InvalidRepositoryNameException"
|
|
// At least one specified repository name is not valid.
|
|
//
|
|
// This exception only occurs when a specified repository name is not valid.
|
|
// Other exceptions occur when a required repository parameter is missing, or
|
|
// when a specified repository does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeRepositoryTriggersListRequiredException "RepositoryTriggersListRequiredException"
|
|
// The list of triggers for the repository is required but was not specified.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeMaximumRepositoryTriggersExceededException "MaximumRepositoryTriggersExceededException"
|
|
// The number of triggers allowed for the repository was exceeded.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryTriggerNameException "InvalidRepositoryTriggerNameException"
|
|
// The name of the trigger is not valid.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryTriggerDestinationArnException "InvalidRepositoryTriggerDestinationArnException"
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the trigger is not valid for the specified
|
|
// destination. The most common reason for this error is that the ARN does not
|
|
// meet the requirements for the service type.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryTriggerRegionException "InvalidRepositoryTriggerRegionException"
|
|
// The region for the trigger target does not match the region for the repository.
|
|
// Triggers must be created in the same region as the target for the trigger.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryTriggerCustomDataException "InvalidRepositoryTriggerCustomDataException"
|
|
// The custom data provided for the trigger is not valid.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeMaximumBranchesExceededException "MaximumBranchesExceededException"
|
|
// The number of branches for the trigger was exceeded.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryTriggerBranchNameException "InvalidRepositoryTriggerBranchNameException"
|
|
// One or more branch names specified for the trigger is not valid.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryTriggerEventsException "InvalidRepositoryTriggerEventsException"
|
|
// One or more events specified for the trigger is not valid. Check to make
|
|
// sure that all events specified match the requirements for allowed events.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeRepositoryTriggerNameRequiredException "RepositoryTriggerNameRequiredException"
|
|
// A name for the trigger is required but was not specified.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeRepositoryTriggerDestinationArnRequiredException "RepositoryTriggerDestinationArnRequiredException"
|
|
// A destination ARN for the target service for the trigger is required but
|
|
// was not specified.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeRepositoryTriggerBranchNameListRequiredException "RepositoryTriggerBranchNameListRequiredException"
|
|
// At least one branch name is required but was not specified in the trigger
|
|
// configuration.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeRepositoryTriggerEventsListRequiredException "RepositoryTriggerEventsListRequiredException"
|
|
// At least one event for the trigger is required but was not specified.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException "EncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException"
|
|
// An encryption integrity check failed.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyAccessDeniedException "EncryptionKeyAccessDeniedException"
|
|
// An encryption key could not be accessed.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyDisabledException "EncryptionKeyDisabledException"
|
|
// The encryption key is disabled.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyNotFoundException "EncryptionKeyNotFoundException"
|
|
// No encryption key was found.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyUnavailableException "EncryptionKeyUnavailableException"
|
|
// The encryption key is not available.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/PutRepositoryTriggers
|
|
func (c *CodeCommit) PutRepositoryTriggers(input *PutRepositoryTriggersInput) (*PutRepositoryTriggersOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.PutRepositoryTriggersRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// PutRepositoryTriggersWithContext is the same as PutRepositoryTriggers with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See PutRepositoryTriggers for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *CodeCommit) PutRepositoryTriggersWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutRepositoryTriggersInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutRepositoryTriggersOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.PutRepositoryTriggersRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opTestRepositoryTriggers = "TestRepositoryTriggers"
|
|
|
|
// TestRepositoryTriggersRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the TestRepositoryTriggers operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See TestRepositoryTriggers for more information on using the TestRepositoryTriggers
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the TestRepositoryTriggersRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.TestRepositoryTriggersRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/TestRepositoryTriggers
|
|
func (c *CodeCommit) TestRepositoryTriggersRequest(input *TestRepositoryTriggersInput) (req *request.Request, output *TestRepositoryTriggersOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opTestRepositoryTriggers,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &TestRepositoryTriggersInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &TestRepositoryTriggersOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// TestRepositoryTriggers API operation for AWS CodeCommit.
|
|
//
|
|
// Tests the functionality of repository triggers by sending information to
|
|
// the trigger target. If real data is available in the repository, the test
|
|
// will send data from the last commit. If no data is available, sample data
|
|
// will be generated.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeCommit's
|
|
// API operation TestRepositoryTriggers for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeRepositoryDoesNotExistException "RepositoryDoesNotExistException"
|
|
// The specified repository does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeRepositoryNameRequiredException "RepositoryNameRequiredException"
|
|
// A repository name is required but was not specified.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryNameException "InvalidRepositoryNameException"
|
|
// At least one specified repository name is not valid.
|
|
//
|
|
// This exception only occurs when a specified repository name is not valid.
|
|
// Other exceptions occur when a required repository parameter is missing, or
|
|
// when a specified repository does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeRepositoryTriggersListRequiredException "RepositoryTriggersListRequiredException"
|
|
// The list of triggers for the repository is required but was not specified.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeMaximumRepositoryTriggersExceededException "MaximumRepositoryTriggersExceededException"
|
|
// The number of triggers allowed for the repository was exceeded.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryTriggerNameException "InvalidRepositoryTriggerNameException"
|
|
// The name of the trigger is not valid.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryTriggerDestinationArnException "InvalidRepositoryTriggerDestinationArnException"
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the trigger is not valid for the specified
|
|
// destination. The most common reason for this error is that the ARN does not
|
|
// meet the requirements for the service type.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryTriggerRegionException "InvalidRepositoryTriggerRegionException"
|
|
// The region for the trigger target does not match the region for the repository.
|
|
// Triggers must be created in the same region as the target for the trigger.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryTriggerCustomDataException "InvalidRepositoryTriggerCustomDataException"
|
|
// The custom data provided for the trigger is not valid.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeMaximumBranchesExceededException "MaximumBranchesExceededException"
|
|
// The number of branches for the trigger was exceeded.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryTriggerBranchNameException "InvalidRepositoryTriggerBranchNameException"
|
|
// One or more branch names specified for the trigger is not valid.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryTriggerEventsException "InvalidRepositoryTriggerEventsException"
|
|
// One or more events specified for the trigger is not valid. Check to make
|
|
// sure that all events specified match the requirements for allowed events.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeRepositoryTriggerNameRequiredException "RepositoryTriggerNameRequiredException"
|
|
// A name for the trigger is required but was not specified.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeRepositoryTriggerDestinationArnRequiredException "RepositoryTriggerDestinationArnRequiredException"
|
|
// A destination ARN for the target service for the trigger is required but
|
|
// was not specified.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeRepositoryTriggerBranchNameListRequiredException "RepositoryTriggerBranchNameListRequiredException"
|
|
// At least one branch name is required but was not specified in the trigger
|
|
// configuration.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeRepositoryTriggerEventsListRequiredException "RepositoryTriggerEventsListRequiredException"
|
|
// At least one event for the trigger is required but was not specified.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException "EncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException"
|
|
// An encryption integrity check failed.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyAccessDeniedException "EncryptionKeyAccessDeniedException"
|
|
// An encryption key could not be accessed.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyDisabledException "EncryptionKeyDisabledException"
|
|
// The encryption key is disabled.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyNotFoundException "EncryptionKeyNotFoundException"
|
|
// No encryption key was found.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyUnavailableException "EncryptionKeyUnavailableException"
|
|
// The encryption key is not available.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/TestRepositoryTriggers
|
|
func (c *CodeCommit) TestRepositoryTriggers(input *TestRepositoryTriggersInput) (*TestRepositoryTriggersOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.TestRepositoryTriggersRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// TestRepositoryTriggersWithContext is the same as TestRepositoryTriggers with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See TestRepositoryTriggers for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *CodeCommit) TestRepositoryTriggersWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *TestRepositoryTriggersInput, opts ...request.Option) (*TestRepositoryTriggersOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.TestRepositoryTriggersRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opUpdateComment = "UpdateComment"
|
|
|
|
// UpdateCommentRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the UpdateComment operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See UpdateComment for more information on using the UpdateComment
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the UpdateCommentRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.UpdateCommentRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/UpdateComment
|
|
func (c *CodeCommit) UpdateCommentRequest(input *UpdateCommentInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateCommentOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opUpdateComment,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &UpdateCommentInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &UpdateCommentOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// UpdateComment API operation for AWS CodeCommit.
|
|
//
|
|
// Replaces the contents of a comment.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeCommit's
|
|
// API operation UpdateComment for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeCommentContentRequiredException "CommentContentRequiredException"
|
|
// The comment is empty. You must provide some content for a comment. The content
|
|
// cannot be null.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeCommentContentSizeLimitExceededException "CommentContentSizeLimitExceededException"
|
|
// The comment is too large. Comments are limited to 1,000 characters.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeCommentDoesNotExistException "CommentDoesNotExistException"
|
|
// No comment exists with the provided ID. Verify that you have provided the
|
|
// correct ID, and then try again.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeCommentIdRequiredException "CommentIdRequiredException"
|
|
// The comment ID is missing or null. A comment ID is required.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidCommentIdException "InvalidCommentIdException"
|
|
// The comment ID is not in a valid format. Make sure that you have provided
|
|
// the full comment ID.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeCommentNotCreatedByCallerException "CommentNotCreatedByCallerException"
|
|
// You cannot modify or delete this comment. Only comment authors can modify
|
|
// or delete their comments.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeCommentDeletedException "CommentDeletedException"
|
|
// This comment has already been deleted. You cannot edit or delete a deleted
|
|
// comment.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/UpdateComment
|
|
func (c *CodeCommit) UpdateComment(input *UpdateCommentInput) (*UpdateCommentOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.UpdateCommentRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// UpdateCommentWithContext is the same as UpdateComment with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See UpdateComment for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *CodeCommit) UpdateCommentWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateCommentInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateCommentOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.UpdateCommentRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opUpdateDefaultBranch = "UpdateDefaultBranch"
|
|
|
|
// UpdateDefaultBranchRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the UpdateDefaultBranch operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See UpdateDefaultBranch for more information on using the UpdateDefaultBranch
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the UpdateDefaultBranchRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.UpdateDefaultBranchRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/UpdateDefaultBranch
|
|
func (c *CodeCommit) UpdateDefaultBranchRequest(input *UpdateDefaultBranchInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateDefaultBranchOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opUpdateDefaultBranch,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &UpdateDefaultBranchInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &UpdateDefaultBranchOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(jsonrpc.UnmarshalHandler)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// UpdateDefaultBranch API operation for AWS CodeCommit.
|
|
//
|
|
// Sets or changes the default branch name for the specified repository.
|
|
//
|
|
// If you use this operation to change the default branch name to the current
|
|
// default branch name, a success message is returned even though the default
|
|
// branch did not change.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeCommit's
|
|
// API operation UpdateDefaultBranch for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeRepositoryNameRequiredException "RepositoryNameRequiredException"
|
|
// A repository name is required but was not specified.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeRepositoryDoesNotExistException "RepositoryDoesNotExistException"
|
|
// The specified repository does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryNameException "InvalidRepositoryNameException"
|
|
// At least one specified repository name is not valid.
|
|
//
|
|
// This exception only occurs when a specified repository name is not valid.
|
|
// Other exceptions occur when a required repository parameter is missing, or
|
|
// when a specified repository does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeBranchNameRequiredException "BranchNameRequiredException"
|
|
// A branch name is required but was not specified.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidBranchNameException "InvalidBranchNameException"
|
|
// The specified reference name is not valid.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeBranchDoesNotExistException "BranchDoesNotExistException"
|
|
// The specified branch does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException "EncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException"
|
|
// An encryption integrity check failed.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyAccessDeniedException "EncryptionKeyAccessDeniedException"
|
|
// An encryption key could not be accessed.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyDisabledException "EncryptionKeyDisabledException"
|
|
// The encryption key is disabled.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyNotFoundException "EncryptionKeyNotFoundException"
|
|
// No encryption key was found.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyUnavailableException "EncryptionKeyUnavailableException"
|
|
// The encryption key is not available.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/UpdateDefaultBranch
|
|
func (c *CodeCommit) UpdateDefaultBranch(input *UpdateDefaultBranchInput) (*UpdateDefaultBranchOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.UpdateDefaultBranchRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// UpdateDefaultBranchWithContext is the same as UpdateDefaultBranch with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See UpdateDefaultBranch for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *CodeCommit) UpdateDefaultBranchWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateDefaultBranchInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateDefaultBranchOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.UpdateDefaultBranchRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opUpdatePullRequestDescription = "UpdatePullRequestDescription"
|
|
|
|
// UpdatePullRequestDescriptionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the UpdatePullRequestDescription operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See UpdatePullRequestDescription for more information on using the UpdatePullRequestDescription
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the UpdatePullRequestDescriptionRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.UpdatePullRequestDescriptionRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/UpdatePullRequestDescription
|
|
func (c *CodeCommit) UpdatePullRequestDescriptionRequest(input *UpdatePullRequestDescriptionInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdatePullRequestDescriptionOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opUpdatePullRequestDescription,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &UpdatePullRequestDescriptionInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &UpdatePullRequestDescriptionOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// UpdatePullRequestDescription API operation for AWS CodeCommit.
|
|
//
|
|
// Replaces the contents of the description of a pull request.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeCommit's
|
|
// API operation UpdatePullRequestDescription for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodePullRequestDoesNotExistException "PullRequestDoesNotExistException"
|
|
// The pull request ID could not be found. Make sure that you have specified
|
|
// the correct repository name and pull request ID, and then try again.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidPullRequestIdException "InvalidPullRequestIdException"
|
|
// The pull request ID is not valid. Make sure that you have provided the full
|
|
// ID and that the pull request is in the specified repository, and then try
|
|
// again.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodePullRequestIdRequiredException "PullRequestIdRequiredException"
|
|
// A pull request ID is required, but none was provided.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidDescriptionException "InvalidDescriptionException"
|
|
// The pull request description is not valid. Descriptions are limited to 1,000
|
|
// characters in length.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodePullRequestAlreadyClosedException "PullRequestAlreadyClosedException"
|
|
// The pull request status cannot be updated because it is already closed.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/UpdatePullRequestDescription
|
|
func (c *CodeCommit) UpdatePullRequestDescription(input *UpdatePullRequestDescriptionInput) (*UpdatePullRequestDescriptionOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.UpdatePullRequestDescriptionRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// UpdatePullRequestDescriptionWithContext is the same as UpdatePullRequestDescription with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See UpdatePullRequestDescription for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *CodeCommit) UpdatePullRequestDescriptionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdatePullRequestDescriptionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdatePullRequestDescriptionOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.UpdatePullRequestDescriptionRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opUpdatePullRequestStatus = "UpdatePullRequestStatus"
|
|
|
|
// UpdatePullRequestStatusRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the UpdatePullRequestStatus operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See UpdatePullRequestStatus for more information on using the UpdatePullRequestStatus
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the UpdatePullRequestStatusRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.UpdatePullRequestStatusRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/UpdatePullRequestStatus
|
|
func (c *CodeCommit) UpdatePullRequestStatusRequest(input *UpdatePullRequestStatusInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdatePullRequestStatusOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opUpdatePullRequestStatus,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &UpdatePullRequestStatusInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &UpdatePullRequestStatusOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// UpdatePullRequestStatus API operation for AWS CodeCommit.
|
|
//
|
|
// Updates the status of a pull request.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeCommit's
|
|
// API operation UpdatePullRequestStatus for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodePullRequestDoesNotExistException "PullRequestDoesNotExistException"
|
|
// The pull request ID could not be found. Make sure that you have specified
|
|
// the correct repository name and pull request ID, and then try again.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidPullRequestIdException "InvalidPullRequestIdException"
|
|
// The pull request ID is not valid. Make sure that you have provided the full
|
|
// ID and that the pull request is in the specified repository, and then try
|
|
// again.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodePullRequestIdRequiredException "PullRequestIdRequiredException"
|
|
// A pull request ID is required, but none was provided.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidPullRequestStatusUpdateException "InvalidPullRequestStatusUpdateException"
|
|
// The pull request status update is not valid. The only valid update is from
|
|
// OPEN to CLOSED.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidPullRequestStatusException "InvalidPullRequestStatusException"
|
|
// The pull request status is not valid. The only valid values are OPEN and
|
|
// CLOSED.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodePullRequestStatusRequiredException "PullRequestStatusRequiredException"
|
|
// A pull request status is required, but none was provided.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException "EncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException"
|
|
// An encryption integrity check failed.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyAccessDeniedException "EncryptionKeyAccessDeniedException"
|
|
// An encryption key could not be accessed.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyDisabledException "EncryptionKeyDisabledException"
|
|
// The encryption key is disabled.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyNotFoundException "EncryptionKeyNotFoundException"
|
|
// No encryption key was found.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyUnavailableException "EncryptionKeyUnavailableException"
|
|
// The encryption key is not available.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/UpdatePullRequestStatus
|
|
func (c *CodeCommit) UpdatePullRequestStatus(input *UpdatePullRequestStatusInput) (*UpdatePullRequestStatusOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.UpdatePullRequestStatusRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// UpdatePullRequestStatusWithContext is the same as UpdatePullRequestStatus with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See UpdatePullRequestStatus for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *CodeCommit) UpdatePullRequestStatusWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdatePullRequestStatusInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdatePullRequestStatusOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.UpdatePullRequestStatusRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opUpdatePullRequestTitle = "UpdatePullRequestTitle"
|
|
|
|
// UpdatePullRequestTitleRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the UpdatePullRequestTitle operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See UpdatePullRequestTitle for more information on using the UpdatePullRequestTitle
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the UpdatePullRequestTitleRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.UpdatePullRequestTitleRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/UpdatePullRequestTitle
|
|
func (c *CodeCommit) UpdatePullRequestTitleRequest(input *UpdatePullRequestTitleInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdatePullRequestTitleOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opUpdatePullRequestTitle,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &UpdatePullRequestTitleInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &UpdatePullRequestTitleOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// UpdatePullRequestTitle API operation for AWS CodeCommit.
|
|
//
|
|
// Replaces the title of a pull request.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeCommit's
|
|
// API operation UpdatePullRequestTitle for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodePullRequestDoesNotExistException "PullRequestDoesNotExistException"
|
|
// The pull request ID could not be found. Make sure that you have specified
|
|
// the correct repository name and pull request ID, and then try again.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidPullRequestIdException "InvalidPullRequestIdException"
|
|
// The pull request ID is not valid. Make sure that you have provided the full
|
|
// ID and that the pull request is in the specified repository, and then try
|
|
// again.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodePullRequestIdRequiredException "PullRequestIdRequiredException"
|
|
// A pull request ID is required, but none was provided.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeTitleRequiredException "TitleRequiredException"
|
|
// A pull request title is required. It cannot be empty or null.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidTitleException "InvalidTitleException"
|
|
// The title of the pull request is not valid. Pull request titles cannot exceed
|
|
// 100 characters in length.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodePullRequestAlreadyClosedException "PullRequestAlreadyClosedException"
|
|
// The pull request status cannot be updated because it is already closed.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/UpdatePullRequestTitle
|
|
func (c *CodeCommit) UpdatePullRequestTitle(input *UpdatePullRequestTitleInput) (*UpdatePullRequestTitleOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.UpdatePullRequestTitleRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// UpdatePullRequestTitleWithContext is the same as UpdatePullRequestTitle with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See UpdatePullRequestTitle for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *CodeCommit) UpdatePullRequestTitleWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdatePullRequestTitleInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdatePullRequestTitleOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.UpdatePullRequestTitleRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opUpdateRepositoryDescription = "UpdateRepositoryDescription"
|
|
|
|
// UpdateRepositoryDescriptionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the UpdateRepositoryDescription operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See UpdateRepositoryDescription for more information on using the UpdateRepositoryDescription
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the UpdateRepositoryDescriptionRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.UpdateRepositoryDescriptionRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/UpdateRepositoryDescription
|
|
func (c *CodeCommit) UpdateRepositoryDescriptionRequest(input *UpdateRepositoryDescriptionInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateRepositoryDescriptionOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opUpdateRepositoryDescription,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &UpdateRepositoryDescriptionInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &UpdateRepositoryDescriptionOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(jsonrpc.UnmarshalHandler)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// UpdateRepositoryDescription API operation for AWS CodeCommit.
|
|
//
|
|
// Sets or changes the comment or description for a repository.
|
|
//
|
|
// The description field for a repository accepts all HTML characters and all
|
|
// valid Unicode characters. Applications that do not HTML-encode the description
|
|
// and display it in a web page could expose users to potentially malicious
|
|
// code. Make sure that you HTML-encode the description field in any application
|
|
// that uses this API to display the repository description on a web page.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeCommit's
|
|
// API operation UpdateRepositoryDescription for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeRepositoryNameRequiredException "RepositoryNameRequiredException"
|
|
// A repository name is required but was not specified.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeRepositoryDoesNotExistException "RepositoryDoesNotExistException"
|
|
// The specified repository does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryNameException "InvalidRepositoryNameException"
|
|
// At least one specified repository name is not valid.
|
|
//
|
|
// This exception only occurs when a specified repository name is not valid.
|
|
// Other exceptions occur when a required repository parameter is missing, or
|
|
// when a specified repository does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryDescriptionException "InvalidRepositoryDescriptionException"
|
|
// The specified repository description is not valid.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException "EncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException"
|
|
// An encryption integrity check failed.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyAccessDeniedException "EncryptionKeyAccessDeniedException"
|
|
// An encryption key could not be accessed.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyDisabledException "EncryptionKeyDisabledException"
|
|
// The encryption key is disabled.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyNotFoundException "EncryptionKeyNotFoundException"
|
|
// No encryption key was found.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyUnavailableException "EncryptionKeyUnavailableException"
|
|
// The encryption key is not available.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/UpdateRepositoryDescription
|
|
func (c *CodeCommit) UpdateRepositoryDescription(input *UpdateRepositoryDescriptionInput) (*UpdateRepositoryDescriptionOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.UpdateRepositoryDescriptionRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// UpdateRepositoryDescriptionWithContext is the same as UpdateRepositoryDescription with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See UpdateRepositoryDescription for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *CodeCommit) UpdateRepositoryDescriptionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateRepositoryDescriptionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateRepositoryDescriptionOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.UpdateRepositoryDescriptionRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opUpdateRepositoryName = "UpdateRepositoryName"
|
|
|
|
// UpdateRepositoryNameRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the UpdateRepositoryName operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See UpdateRepositoryName for more information on using the UpdateRepositoryName
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the UpdateRepositoryNameRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.UpdateRepositoryNameRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/UpdateRepositoryName
|
|
func (c *CodeCommit) UpdateRepositoryNameRequest(input *UpdateRepositoryNameInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateRepositoryNameOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opUpdateRepositoryName,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &UpdateRepositoryNameInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &UpdateRepositoryNameOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(jsonrpc.UnmarshalHandler)
|
|
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// UpdateRepositoryName API operation for AWS CodeCommit.
|
|
//
|
|
// Renames a repository. The repository name must be unique across the calling
|
|
// AWS account. In addition, repository names are limited to 100 alphanumeric,
|
|
// dash, and underscore characters, and cannot include certain characters. The
|
|
// suffix ".git" is prohibited. For a full description of the limits on repository
|
|
// names, see Limits (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/codecommit/latest/userguide/limits.html)
|
|
// in the AWS CodeCommit User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeCommit's
|
|
// API operation UpdateRepositoryName for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeRepositoryDoesNotExistException "RepositoryDoesNotExistException"
|
|
// The specified repository does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeRepositoryNameExistsException "RepositoryNameExistsException"
|
|
// The specified repository name already exists.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeRepositoryNameRequiredException "RepositoryNameRequiredException"
|
|
// A repository name is required but was not specified.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryNameException "InvalidRepositoryNameException"
|
|
// At least one specified repository name is not valid.
|
|
//
|
|
// This exception only occurs when a specified repository name is not valid.
|
|
// Other exceptions occur when a required repository parameter is missing, or
|
|
// when a specified repository does not exist.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/UpdateRepositoryName
|
|
func (c *CodeCommit) UpdateRepositoryName(input *UpdateRepositoryNameInput) (*UpdateRepositoryNameOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.UpdateRepositoryNameRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// UpdateRepositoryNameWithContext is the same as UpdateRepositoryName with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See UpdateRepositoryName for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *CodeCommit) UpdateRepositoryNameWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateRepositoryNameInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateRepositoryNameOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.UpdateRepositoryNameRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Represents the input of a batch get repositories operation.
|
|
type BatchGetRepositoriesInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The names of the repositories to get information about.
|
|
//
|
|
// RepositoryNames is a required field
|
|
RepositoryNames []*string `locationName:"repositoryNames" type:"list" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s BatchGetRepositoriesInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s BatchGetRepositoriesInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *BatchGetRepositoriesInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "BatchGetRepositoriesInput"}
|
|
if s.RepositoryNames == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RepositoryNames"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRepositoryNames sets the RepositoryNames field's value.
|
|
func (s *BatchGetRepositoriesInput) SetRepositoryNames(v []*string) *BatchGetRepositoriesInput {
|
|
s.RepositoryNames = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Represents the output of a batch get repositories operation.
|
|
type BatchGetRepositoriesOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of repositories returned by the batch get repositories operation.
|
|
Repositories []*RepositoryMetadata `locationName:"repositories" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// Returns a list of repository names for which information could not be found.
|
|
RepositoriesNotFound []*string `locationName:"repositoriesNotFound" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s BatchGetRepositoriesOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s BatchGetRepositoriesOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRepositories sets the Repositories field's value.
|
|
func (s *BatchGetRepositoriesOutput) SetRepositories(v []*RepositoryMetadata) *BatchGetRepositoriesOutput {
|
|
s.Repositories = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRepositoriesNotFound sets the RepositoriesNotFound field's value.
|
|
func (s *BatchGetRepositoriesOutput) SetRepositoriesNotFound(v []*string) *BatchGetRepositoriesOutput {
|
|
s.RepositoriesNotFound = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Returns information about a specific Git blob object.
|
|
type BlobMetadata struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The full ID of the blob.
|
|
BlobId *string `locationName:"blobId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The file mode permissions of the blob. File mode permission codes include:
|
|
//
|
|
// * 100644 indicates read/write
|
|
//
|
|
// * 100755 indicates read/write/execute
|
|
//
|
|
// * 160000 indicates a submodule
|
|
//
|
|
// * 120000 indicates a symlink
|
|
Mode *string `locationName:"mode" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The path to the blob and any associated file name, if any.
|
|
Path *string `locationName:"path" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s BlobMetadata) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s BlobMetadata) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetBlobId sets the BlobId field's value.
|
|
func (s *BlobMetadata) SetBlobId(v string) *BlobMetadata {
|
|
s.BlobId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMode sets the Mode field's value.
|
|
func (s *BlobMetadata) SetMode(v string) *BlobMetadata {
|
|
s.Mode = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPath sets the Path field's value.
|
|
func (s *BlobMetadata) SetPath(v string) *BlobMetadata {
|
|
s.Path = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Returns information about a branch.
|
|
type BranchInfo struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the branch.
|
|
BranchName *string `locationName:"branchName" min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the last commit made to the branch.
|
|
CommitId *string `locationName:"commitId" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s BranchInfo) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s BranchInfo) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetBranchName sets the BranchName field's value.
|
|
func (s *BranchInfo) SetBranchName(v string) *BranchInfo {
|
|
s.BranchName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCommitId sets the CommitId field's value.
|
|
func (s *BranchInfo) SetCommitId(v string) *BranchInfo {
|
|
s.CommitId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Returns information about a specific comment.
|
|
type Comment struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the person who posted the comment.
|
|
AuthorArn *string `locationName:"authorArn" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A unique, client-generated idempotency token that when provided in a request,
|
|
// ensures the request cannot be repeated with a changed parameter. If a request
|
|
// is received with the same parameters and a token is included, the request
|
|
// will return information about the initial request that used that token.
|
|
ClientRequestToken *string `locationName:"clientRequestToken" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The system-generated comment ID.
|
|
CommentId *string `locationName:"commentId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The content of the comment.
|
|
Content *string `locationName:"content" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The date and time the comment was created, in timestamp format.
|
|
CreationDate *time.Time `locationName:"creationDate" type:"timestamp"`
|
|
|
|
// A Boolean value indicating whether the comment has been deleted.
|
|
Deleted *bool `locationName:"deleted" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the comment for which this comment is a reply, if any.
|
|
InReplyTo *string `locationName:"inReplyTo" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The date and time the comment was most recently modified, in timestamp format.
|
|
LastModifiedDate *time.Time `locationName:"lastModifiedDate" type:"timestamp"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Comment) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Comment) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAuthorArn sets the AuthorArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *Comment) SetAuthorArn(v string) *Comment {
|
|
s.AuthorArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetClientRequestToken sets the ClientRequestToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *Comment) SetClientRequestToken(v string) *Comment {
|
|
s.ClientRequestToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCommentId sets the CommentId field's value.
|
|
func (s *Comment) SetCommentId(v string) *Comment {
|
|
s.CommentId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetContent sets the Content field's value.
|
|
func (s *Comment) SetContent(v string) *Comment {
|
|
s.Content = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCreationDate sets the CreationDate field's value.
|
|
func (s *Comment) SetCreationDate(v time.Time) *Comment {
|
|
s.CreationDate = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDeleted sets the Deleted field's value.
|
|
func (s *Comment) SetDeleted(v bool) *Comment {
|
|
s.Deleted = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInReplyTo sets the InReplyTo field's value.
|
|
func (s *Comment) SetInReplyTo(v string) *Comment {
|
|
s.InReplyTo = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLastModifiedDate sets the LastModifiedDate field's value.
|
|
func (s *Comment) SetLastModifiedDate(v time.Time) *Comment {
|
|
s.LastModifiedDate = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Returns information about comments on the comparison between two commits.
|
|
type CommentsForComparedCommit struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The full blob ID of the commit used to establish the 'after' of the comparison.
|
|
AfterBlobId *string `locationName:"afterBlobId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The full commit ID of the commit used to establish the 'after' of the comparison.
|
|
AfterCommitId *string `locationName:"afterCommitId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The full blob ID of the commit used to establish the 'before' of the comparison.
|
|
BeforeBlobId *string `locationName:"beforeBlobId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The full commit ID of the commit used to establish the 'before' of the comparison.
|
|
BeforeCommitId *string `locationName:"beforeCommitId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// An array of comment objects. Each comment object contains information about
|
|
// a comment on the comparison between commits.
|
|
Comments []*Comment `locationName:"comments" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// Location information about the comment on the comparison, including the file
|
|
// name, line number, and whether the version of the file where the comment
|
|
// was made is 'BEFORE' or 'AFTER'.
|
|
Location *Location `locationName:"location" type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the repository that contains the compared commits.
|
|
RepositoryName *string `locationName:"repositoryName" min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CommentsForComparedCommit) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CommentsForComparedCommit) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAfterBlobId sets the AfterBlobId field's value.
|
|
func (s *CommentsForComparedCommit) SetAfterBlobId(v string) *CommentsForComparedCommit {
|
|
s.AfterBlobId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAfterCommitId sets the AfterCommitId field's value.
|
|
func (s *CommentsForComparedCommit) SetAfterCommitId(v string) *CommentsForComparedCommit {
|
|
s.AfterCommitId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetBeforeBlobId sets the BeforeBlobId field's value.
|
|
func (s *CommentsForComparedCommit) SetBeforeBlobId(v string) *CommentsForComparedCommit {
|
|
s.BeforeBlobId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetBeforeCommitId sets the BeforeCommitId field's value.
|
|
func (s *CommentsForComparedCommit) SetBeforeCommitId(v string) *CommentsForComparedCommit {
|
|
s.BeforeCommitId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetComments sets the Comments field's value.
|
|
func (s *CommentsForComparedCommit) SetComments(v []*Comment) *CommentsForComparedCommit {
|
|
s.Comments = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLocation sets the Location field's value.
|
|
func (s *CommentsForComparedCommit) SetLocation(v *Location) *CommentsForComparedCommit {
|
|
s.Location = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRepositoryName sets the RepositoryName field's value.
|
|
func (s *CommentsForComparedCommit) SetRepositoryName(v string) *CommentsForComparedCommit {
|
|
s.RepositoryName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Returns information about comments on a pull request.
|
|
type CommentsForPullRequest struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The full blob ID of the file on which you want to comment on the source commit.
|
|
AfterBlobId *string `locationName:"afterBlobId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// he full commit ID of the commit that was the tip of the source branch at
|
|
// the time the comment was made.
|
|
AfterCommitId *string `locationName:"afterCommitId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The full blob ID of the file on which you want to comment on the destination
|
|
// commit.
|
|
BeforeBlobId *string `locationName:"beforeBlobId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The full commit ID of the commit that was the tip of the destination branch
|
|
// when the pull request was created. This commit will be superceded by the
|
|
// after commit in the source branch when and if you merge the source branch
|
|
// into the destination branch.
|
|
BeforeCommitId *string `locationName:"beforeCommitId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// An array of comment objects. Each comment object contains information about
|
|
// a comment on the pull request.
|
|
Comments []*Comment `locationName:"comments" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// Location information about the comment on the pull request, including the
|
|
// file name, line number, and whether the version of the file where the comment
|
|
// was made is 'BEFORE' (destination branch) or 'AFTER' (source branch).
|
|
Location *Location `locationName:"location" type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The system-generated ID of the pull request.
|
|
PullRequestId *string `locationName:"pullRequestId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the repository that contains the pull request.
|
|
RepositoryName *string `locationName:"repositoryName" min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CommentsForPullRequest) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CommentsForPullRequest) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAfterBlobId sets the AfterBlobId field's value.
|
|
func (s *CommentsForPullRequest) SetAfterBlobId(v string) *CommentsForPullRequest {
|
|
s.AfterBlobId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAfterCommitId sets the AfterCommitId field's value.
|
|
func (s *CommentsForPullRequest) SetAfterCommitId(v string) *CommentsForPullRequest {
|
|
s.AfterCommitId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetBeforeBlobId sets the BeforeBlobId field's value.
|
|
func (s *CommentsForPullRequest) SetBeforeBlobId(v string) *CommentsForPullRequest {
|
|
s.BeforeBlobId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetBeforeCommitId sets the BeforeCommitId field's value.
|
|
func (s *CommentsForPullRequest) SetBeforeCommitId(v string) *CommentsForPullRequest {
|
|
s.BeforeCommitId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetComments sets the Comments field's value.
|
|
func (s *CommentsForPullRequest) SetComments(v []*Comment) *CommentsForPullRequest {
|
|
s.Comments = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLocation sets the Location field's value.
|
|
func (s *CommentsForPullRequest) SetLocation(v *Location) *CommentsForPullRequest {
|
|
s.Location = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPullRequestId sets the PullRequestId field's value.
|
|
func (s *CommentsForPullRequest) SetPullRequestId(v string) *CommentsForPullRequest {
|
|
s.PullRequestId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRepositoryName sets the RepositoryName field's value.
|
|
func (s *CommentsForPullRequest) SetRepositoryName(v string) *CommentsForPullRequest {
|
|
s.RepositoryName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Returns information about a specific commit.
|
|
type Commit struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Any additional data associated with the specified commit.
|
|
AdditionalData *string `locationName:"additionalData" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the author of the specified commit. Information includes
|
|
// the date in timestamp format with GMT offset, the name of the author, and
|
|
// the email address for the author, as configured in Git.
|
|
Author *UserInfo `locationName:"author" type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The full SHA of the specified commit.
|
|
CommitId *string `locationName:"commitId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the person who committed the specified commit, also known
|
|
// as the committer. Information includes the date in timestamp format with
|
|
// GMT offset, the name of the committer, and the email address for the committer,
|
|
// as configured in Git.
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information about the difference between an author and a committer
|
|
// in Git, see Viewing the Commit History (http://git-scm.com/book/ch2-3.html)
|
|
// in Pro Git by Scott Chacon and Ben Straub.
|
|
Committer *UserInfo `locationName:"committer" type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The commit message associated with the specified commit.
|
|
Message *string `locationName:"message" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of parent commits for the specified commit. Each parent commit ID
|
|
// is the full commit ID.
|
|
Parents []*string `locationName:"parents" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// Tree information for the specified commit.
|
|
TreeId *string `locationName:"treeId" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Commit) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Commit) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAdditionalData sets the AdditionalData field's value.
|
|
func (s *Commit) SetAdditionalData(v string) *Commit {
|
|
s.AdditionalData = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAuthor sets the Author field's value.
|
|
func (s *Commit) SetAuthor(v *UserInfo) *Commit {
|
|
s.Author = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCommitId sets the CommitId field's value.
|
|
func (s *Commit) SetCommitId(v string) *Commit {
|
|
s.CommitId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCommitter sets the Committer field's value.
|
|
func (s *Commit) SetCommitter(v *UserInfo) *Commit {
|
|
s.Committer = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMessage sets the Message field's value.
|
|
func (s *Commit) SetMessage(v string) *Commit {
|
|
s.Message = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetParents sets the Parents field's value.
|
|
func (s *Commit) SetParents(v []*string) *Commit {
|
|
s.Parents = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTreeId sets the TreeId field's value.
|
|
func (s *Commit) SetTreeId(v string) *Commit {
|
|
s.TreeId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Represents the input of a create branch operation.
|
|
type CreateBranchInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the new branch to create.
|
|
//
|
|
// BranchName is a required field
|
|
BranchName *string `locationName:"branchName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the commit to point the new branch to.
|
|
//
|
|
// CommitId is a required field
|
|
CommitId *string `locationName:"commitId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the repository in which you want to create the new branch.
|
|
//
|
|
// RepositoryName is a required field
|
|
RepositoryName *string `locationName:"repositoryName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateBranchInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateBranchInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *CreateBranchInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateBranchInput"}
|
|
if s.BranchName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("BranchName"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.BranchName != nil && len(*s.BranchName) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("BranchName", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.CommitId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("CommitId"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.RepositoryName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RepositoryName"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.RepositoryName != nil && len(*s.RepositoryName) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("RepositoryName", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetBranchName sets the BranchName field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateBranchInput) SetBranchName(v string) *CreateBranchInput {
|
|
s.BranchName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCommitId sets the CommitId field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateBranchInput) SetCommitId(v string) *CreateBranchInput {
|
|
s.CommitId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRepositoryName sets the RepositoryName field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateBranchInput) SetRepositoryName(v string) *CreateBranchInput {
|
|
s.RepositoryName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type CreateBranchOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateBranchOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateBranchOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type CreatePullRequestInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A unique, client-generated idempotency token that when provided in a request,
|
|
// ensures the request cannot be repeated with a changed parameter. If a request
|
|
// is received with the same parameters and a token is included, the request
|
|
// will return information about the initial request that used that token.
|
|
//
|
|
// The AWS SDKs prepopulate client request tokens. If using an AWS SDK, you
|
|
// do not have to generate an idempotency token, as this will be done for you.
|
|
ClientRequestToken *string `locationName:"clientRequestToken" type:"string" idempotencyToken:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// A description of the pull request.
|
|
Description *string `locationName:"description" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The targets for the pull request, including the source of the code to be
|
|
// reviewed (the source branch), and the destination where the creator of the
|
|
// pull request intends the code to be merged after the pull request is closed
|
|
// (the destination branch).
|
|
//
|
|
// Targets is a required field
|
|
Targets []*Target `locationName:"targets" type:"list" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The title of the pull request. This title will be used to identify the pull
|
|
// request to other users in the repository.
|
|
//
|
|
// Title is a required field
|
|
Title *string `locationName:"title" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreatePullRequestInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreatePullRequestInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *CreatePullRequestInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreatePullRequestInput"}
|
|
if s.Targets == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Targets"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Title == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Title"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Targets != nil {
|
|
for i, v := range s.Targets {
|
|
if v == nil {
|
|
continue
|
|
}
|
|
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
|
|
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Targets", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetClientRequestToken sets the ClientRequestToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreatePullRequestInput) SetClientRequestToken(v string) *CreatePullRequestInput {
|
|
s.ClientRequestToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreatePullRequestInput) SetDescription(v string) *CreatePullRequestInput {
|
|
s.Description = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTargets sets the Targets field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreatePullRequestInput) SetTargets(v []*Target) *CreatePullRequestInput {
|
|
s.Targets = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTitle sets the Title field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreatePullRequestInput) SetTitle(v string) *CreatePullRequestInput {
|
|
s.Title = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type CreatePullRequestOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the newly created pull request.
|
|
//
|
|
// PullRequest is a required field
|
|
PullRequest *PullRequest `locationName:"pullRequest" type:"structure" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreatePullRequestOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreatePullRequestOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPullRequest sets the PullRequest field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreatePullRequestOutput) SetPullRequest(v *PullRequest) *CreatePullRequestOutput {
|
|
s.PullRequest = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Represents the input of a create repository operation.
|
|
type CreateRepositoryInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A comment or description about the new repository.
|
|
//
|
|
// The description field for a repository accepts all HTML characters and all
|
|
// valid Unicode characters. Applications that do not HTML-encode the description
|
|
// and display it in a web page could expose users to potentially malicious
|
|
// code. Make sure that you HTML-encode the description field in any application
|
|
// that uses this API to display the repository description on a web page.
|
|
RepositoryDescription *string `locationName:"repositoryDescription" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the new repository to be created.
|
|
//
|
|
// The repository name must be unique across the calling AWS account. In addition,
|
|
// repository names are limited to 100 alphanumeric, dash, and underscore characters,
|
|
// and cannot include certain characters. For a full description of the limits
|
|
// on repository names, see Limits (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/codecommit/latest/userguide/limits.html)
|
|
// in the AWS CodeCommit User Guide. The suffix ".git" is prohibited.
|
|
//
|
|
// RepositoryName is a required field
|
|
RepositoryName *string `locationName:"repositoryName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateRepositoryInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateRepositoryInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *CreateRepositoryInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateRepositoryInput"}
|
|
if s.RepositoryName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RepositoryName"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.RepositoryName != nil && len(*s.RepositoryName) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("RepositoryName", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRepositoryDescription sets the RepositoryDescription field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateRepositoryInput) SetRepositoryDescription(v string) *CreateRepositoryInput {
|
|
s.RepositoryDescription = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRepositoryName sets the RepositoryName field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateRepositoryInput) SetRepositoryName(v string) *CreateRepositoryInput {
|
|
s.RepositoryName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Represents the output of a create repository operation.
|
|
type CreateRepositoryOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the newly created repository.
|
|
RepositoryMetadata *RepositoryMetadata `locationName:"repositoryMetadata" type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateRepositoryOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateRepositoryOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRepositoryMetadata sets the RepositoryMetadata field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateRepositoryOutput) SetRepositoryMetadata(v *RepositoryMetadata) *CreateRepositoryOutput {
|
|
s.RepositoryMetadata = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Represents the input of a delete branch operation.
|
|
type DeleteBranchInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the branch to delete.
|
|
//
|
|
// BranchName is a required field
|
|
BranchName *string `locationName:"branchName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the repository that contains the branch to be deleted.
|
|
//
|
|
// RepositoryName is a required field
|
|
RepositoryName *string `locationName:"repositoryName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteBranchInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteBranchInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DeleteBranchInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteBranchInput"}
|
|
if s.BranchName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("BranchName"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.BranchName != nil && len(*s.BranchName) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("BranchName", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.RepositoryName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RepositoryName"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.RepositoryName != nil && len(*s.RepositoryName) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("RepositoryName", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetBranchName sets the BranchName field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteBranchInput) SetBranchName(v string) *DeleteBranchInput {
|
|
s.BranchName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRepositoryName sets the RepositoryName field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteBranchInput) SetRepositoryName(v string) *DeleteBranchInput {
|
|
s.RepositoryName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Represents the output of a delete branch operation.
|
|
type DeleteBranchOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the branch deleted by the operation, including the branch
|
|
// name and the commit ID that was the tip of the branch.
|
|
DeletedBranch *BranchInfo `locationName:"deletedBranch" type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteBranchOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteBranchOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDeletedBranch sets the DeletedBranch field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteBranchOutput) SetDeletedBranch(v *BranchInfo) *DeleteBranchOutput {
|
|
s.DeletedBranch = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DeleteCommentContentInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The unique, system-generated ID of the comment. To get this ID, use GetCommentsForComparedCommit
|
|
// or GetCommentsForPullRequest.
|
|
//
|
|
// CommentId is a required field
|
|
CommentId *string `locationName:"commentId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteCommentContentInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteCommentContentInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DeleteCommentContentInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteCommentContentInput"}
|
|
if s.CommentId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("CommentId"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCommentId sets the CommentId field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteCommentContentInput) SetCommentId(v string) *DeleteCommentContentInput {
|
|
s.CommentId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DeleteCommentContentOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the comment you just deleted.
|
|
Comment *Comment `locationName:"comment" type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteCommentContentOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteCommentContentOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetComment sets the Comment field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteCommentContentOutput) SetComment(v *Comment) *DeleteCommentContentOutput {
|
|
s.Comment = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Represents the input of a delete repository operation.
|
|
type DeleteRepositoryInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the repository to delete.
|
|
//
|
|
// RepositoryName is a required field
|
|
RepositoryName *string `locationName:"repositoryName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteRepositoryInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteRepositoryInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DeleteRepositoryInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteRepositoryInput"}
|
|
if s.RepositoryName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RepositoryName"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.RepositoryName != nil && len(*s.RepositoryName) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("RepositoryName", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRepositoryName sets the RepositoryName field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteRepositoryInput) SetRepositoryName(v string) *DeleteRepositoryInput {
|
|
s.RepositoryName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Represents the output of a delete repository operation.
|
|
type DeleteRepositoryOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the repository that was deleted.
|
|
RepositoryId *string `locationName:"repositoryId" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteRepositoryOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteRepositoryOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRepositoryId sets the RepositoryId field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteRepositoryOutput) SetRepositoryId(v string) *DeleteRepositoryOutput {
|
|
s.RepositoryId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribePullRequestEventsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the user whose actions resulted in the
|
|
// event. Examples include updating the pull request with additional commits
|
|
// or changing the status of a pull request.
|
|
ActorArn *string `locationName:"actorArn" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A non-negative integer used to limit the number of returned results. The
|
|
// default is 100 events, which is also the maximum number of events that can
|
|
// be returned in a result.
|
|
MaxResults *int64 `locationName:"maxResults" type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// An enumeration token that when provided in a request, returns the next batch
|
|
// of the results.
|
|
NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Optional. The pull request event type about which you want to return information.
|
|
PullRequestEventType *string `locationName:"pullRequestEventType" type:"string" enum:"PullRequestEventType"`
|
|
|
|
// The system-generated ID of the pull request. To get this ID, use ListPullRequests.
|
|
//
|
|
// PullRequestId is a required field
|
|
PullRequestId *string `locationName:"pullRequestId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribePullRequestEventsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribePullRequestEventsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DescribePullRequestEventsInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribePullRequestEventsInput"}
|
|
if s.PullRequestId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("PullRequestId"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetActorArn sets the ActorArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribePullRequestEventsInput) SetActorArn(v string) *DescribePullRequestEventsInput {
|
|
s.ActorArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribePullRequestEventsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *DescribePullRequestEventsInput {
|
|
s.MaxResults = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribePullRequestEventsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribePullRequestEventsInput {
|
|
s.NextToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPullRequestEventType sets the PullRequestEventType field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribePullRequestEventsInput) SetPullRequestEventType(v string) *DescribePullRequestEventsInput {
|
|
s.PullRequestEventType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPullRequestId sets the PullRequestId field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribePullRequestEventsInput) SetPullRequestId(v string) *DescribePullRequestEventsInput {
|
|
s.PullRequestId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribePullRequestEventsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// An enumeration token that can be used in a request to return the next batch
|
|
// of the results.
|
|
NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the pull request events.
|
|
//
|
|
// PullRequestEvents is a required field
|
|
PullRequestEvents []*PullRequestEvent `locationName:"pullRequestEvents" type:"list" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribePullRequestEventsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribePullRequestEventsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribePullRequestEventsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribePullRequestEventsOutput {
|
|
s.NextToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPullRequestEvents sets the PullRequestEvents field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribePullRequestEventsOutput) SetPullRequestEvents(v []*PullRequestEvent) *DescribePullRequestEventsOutput {
|
|
s.PullRequestEvents = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Returns information about a set of differences for a commit specifier.
|
|
type Difference struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about an afterBlob data type object, including the ID, the file
|
|
// mode permission code, and the path.
|
|
AfterBlob *BlobMetadata `locationName:"afterBlob" type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about a beforeBlob data type object, including the ID, the file
|
|
// mode permission code, and the path.
|
|
BeforeBlob *BlobMetadata `locationName:"beforeBlob" type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Whether the change type of the difference is an addition (A), deletion (D),
|
|
// or modification (M).
|
|
ChangeType *string `locationName:"changeType" type:"string" enum:"ChangeTypeEnum"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Difference) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Difference) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAfterBlob sets the AfterBlob field's value.
|
|
func (s *Difference) SetAfterBlob(v *BlobMetadata) *Difference {
|
|
s.AfterBlob = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetBeforeBlob sets the BeforeBlob field's value.
|
|
func (s *Difference) SetBeforeBlob(v *BlobMetadata) *Difference {
|
|
s.BeforeBlob = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetChangeType sets the ChangeType field's value.
|
|
func (s *Difference) SetChangeType(v string) *Difference {
|
|
s.ChangeType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Represents the input of a get blob operation.
|
|
type GetBlobInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the blob, which is its SHA-1 pointer.
|
|
//
|
|
// BlobId is a required field
|
|
BlobId *string `locationName:"blobId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the repository that contains the blob.
|
|
//
|
|
// RepositoryName is a required field
|
|
RepositoryName *string `locationName:"repositoryName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s GetBlobInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s GetBlobInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *GetBlobInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBlobInput"}
|
|
if s.BlobId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("BlobId"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.RepositoryName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RepositoryName"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.RepositoryName != nil && len(*s.RepositoryName) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("RepositoryName", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetBlobId sets the BlobId field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetBlobInput) SetBlobId(v string) *GetBlobInput {
|
|
s.BlobId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRepositoryName sets the RepositoryName field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetBlobInput) SetRepositoryName(v string) *GetBlobInput {
|
|
s.RepositoryName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Represents the output of a get blob operation.
|
|
type GetBlobOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The content of the blob, usually a file.
|
|
//
|
|
// Content is automatically base64 encoded/decoded by the SDK.
|
|
//
|
|
// Content is a required field
|
|
Content []byte `locationName:"content" type:"blob" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s GetBlobOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s GetBlobOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetContent sets the Content field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetBlobOutput) SetContent(v []byte) *GetBlobOutput {
|
|
s.Content = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Represents the input of a get branch operation.
|
|
type GetBranchInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the branch for which you want to retrieve information.
|
|
BranchName *string `locationName:"branchName" min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the repository that contains the branch for which you want to
|
|
// retrieve information.
|
|
RepositoryName *string `locationName:"repositoryName" min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s GetBranchInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s GetBranchInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *GetBranchInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBranchInput"}
|
|
if s.BranchName != nil && len(*s.BranchName) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("BranchName", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.RepositoryName != nil && len(*s.RepositoryName) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("RepositoryName", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetBranchName sets the BranchName field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetBranchInput) SetBranchName(v string) *GetBranchInput {
|
|
s.BranchName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRepositoryName sets the RepositoryName field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetBranchInput) SetRepositoryName(v string) *GetBranchInput {
|
|
s.RepositoryName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Represents the output of a get branch operation.
|
|
type GetBranchOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the branch.
|
|
Branch *BranchInfo `locationName:"branch" type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s GetBranchOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s GetBranchOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetBranch sets the Branch field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetBranchOutput) SetBranch(v *BranchInfo) *GetBranchOutput {
|
|
s.Branch = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type GetCommentInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The unique, system-generated ID of the comment. To get this ID, use GetCommentsForComparedCommit
|
|
// or GetCommentsForPullRequest.
|
|
//
|
|
// CommentId is a required field
|
|
CommentId *string `locationName:"commentId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s GetCommentInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s GetCommentInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *GetCommentInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetCommentInput"}
|
|
if s.CommentId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("CommentId"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCommentId sets the CommentId field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetCommentInput) SetCommentId(v string) *GetCommentInput {
|
|
s.CommentId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type GetCommentOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The contents of the comment.
|
|
Comment *Comment `locationName:"comment" type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s GetCommentOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s GetCommentOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetComment sets the Comment field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetCommentOutput) SetComment(v *Comment) *GetCommentOutput {
|
|
s.Comment = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type GetCommentsForComparedCommitInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// To establish the directionality of the comparison, the full commit ID of
|
|
// the 'after' commit.
|
|
//
|
|
// AfterCommitId is a required field
|
|
AfterCommitId *string `locationName:"afterCommitId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// To establish the directionality of the comparison, the full commit ID of
|
|
// the 'before' commit.
|
|
BeforeCommitId *string `locationName:"beforeCommitId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A non-negative integer used to limit the number of returned results. The
|
|
// default is 100 comments, and is configurable up to 500.
|
|
MaxResults *int64 `locationName:"maxResults" type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// An enumeration token that when provided in a request, returns the next batch
|
|
// of the results.
|
|
NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the repository where you want to compare commits.
|
|
//
|
|
// RepositoryName is a required field
|
|
RepositoryName *string `locationName:"repositoryName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s GetCommentsForComparedCommitInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s GetCommentsForComparedCommitInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *GetCommentsForComparedCommitInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetCommentsForComparedCommitInput"}
|
|
if s.AfterCommitId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AfterCommitId"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.RepositoryName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RepositoryName"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.RepositoryName != nil && len(*s.RepositoryName) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("RepositoryName", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAfterCommitId sets the AfterCommitId field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetCommentsForComparedCommitInput) SetAfterCommitId(v string) *GetCommentsForComparedCommitInput {
|
|
s.AfterCommitId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetBeforeCommitId sets the BeforeCommitId field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetCommentsForComparedCommitInput) SetBeforeCommitId(v string) *GetCommentsForComparedCommitInput {
|
|
s.BeforeCommitId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetCommentsForComparedCommitInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *GetCommentsForComparedCommitInput {
|
|
s.MaxResults = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetCommentsForComparedCommitInput) SetNextToken(v string) *GetCommentsForComparedCommitInput {
|
|
s.NextToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRepositoryName sets the RepositoryName field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetCommentsForComparedCommitInput) SetRepositoryName(v string) *GetCommentsForComparedCommitInput {
|
|
s.RepositoryName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type GetCommentsForComparedCommitOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of comment objects on the compared commit.
|
|
CommentsForComparedCommitData []*CommentsForComparedCommit `locationName:"commentsForComparedCommitData" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// An enumeration token that can be used in a request to return the next batch
|
|
// of the results.
|
|
NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s GetCommentsForComparedCommitOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s GetCommentsForComparedCommitOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCommentsForComparedCommitData sets the CommentsForComparedCommitData field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetCommentsForComparedCommitOutput) SetCommentsForComparedCommitData(v []*CommentsForComparedCommit) *GetCommentsForComparedCommitOutput {
|
|
s.CommentsForComparedCommitData = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetCommentsForComparedCommitOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *GetCommentsForComparedCommitOutput {
|
|
s.NextToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type GetCommentsForPullRequestInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The full commit ID of the commit in the source branch that was the tip of
|
|
// the branch at the time the comment was made.
|
|
AfterCommitId *string `locationName:"afterCommitId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The full commit ID of the commit in the destination branch that was the tip
|
|
// of the branch at the time the pull request was created.
|
|
BeforeCommitId *string `locationName:"beforeCommitId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A non-negative integer used to limit the number of returned results. The
|
|
// default is 100 comments. You can return up to 500 comments with a single
|
|
// request.
|
|
MaxResults *int64 `locationName:"maxResults" type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// An enumeration token that when provided in a request, returns the next batch
|
|
// of the results.
|
|
NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The system-generated ID of the pull request. To get this ID, use ListPullRequests.
|
|
//
|
|
// PullRequestId is a required field
|
|
PullRequestId *string `locationName:"pullRequestId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the repository that contains the pull request.
|
|
RepositoryName *string `locationName:"repositoryName" min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s GetCommentsForPullRequestInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s GetCommentsForPullRequestInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *GetCommentsForPullRequestInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetCommentsForPullRequestInput"}
|
|
if s.PullRequestId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("PullRequestId"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.RepositoryName != nil && len(*s.RepositoryName) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("RepositoryName", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAfterCommitId sets the AfterCommitId field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetCommentsForPullRequestInput) SetAfterCommitId(v string) *GetCommentsForPullRequestInput {
|
|
s.AfterCommitId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetBeforeCommitId sets the BeforeCommitId field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetCommentsForPullRequestInput) SetBeforeCommitId(v string) *GetCommentsForPullRequestInput {
|
|
s.BeforeCommitId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetCommentsForPullRequestInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *GetCommentsForPullRequestInput {
|
|
s.MaxResults = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetCommentsForPullRequestInput) SetNextToken(v string) *GetCommentsForPullRequestInput {
|
|
s.NextToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPullRequestId sets the PullRequestId field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetCommentsForPullRequestInput) SetPullRequestId(v string) *GetCommentsForPullRequestInput {
|
|
s.PullRequestId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRepositoryName sets the RepositoryName field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetCommentsForPullRequestInput) SetRepositoryName(v string) *GetCommentsForPullRequestInput {
|
|
s.RepositoryName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type GetCommentsForPullRequestOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// An array of comment objects on the pull request.
|
|
CommentsForPullRequestData []*CommentsForPullRequest `locationName:"commentsForPullRequestData" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// An enumeration token that can be used in a request to return the next batch
|
|
// of the results.
|
|
NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s GetCommentsForPullRequestOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s GetCommentsForPullRequestOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCommentsForPullRequestData sets the CommentsForPullRequestData field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetCommentsForPullRequestOutput) SetCommentsForPullRequestData(v []*CommentsForPullRequest) *GetCommentsForPullRequestOutput {
|
|
s.CommentsForPullRequestData = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetCommentsForPullRequestOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *GetCommentsForPullRequestOutput {
|
|
s.NextToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Represents the input of a get commit operation.
|
|
type GetCommitInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The commit ID. Commit IDs are the full SHA of the commit.
|
|
//
|
|
// CommitId is a required field
|
|
CommitId *string `locationName:"commitId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the repository to which the commit was made.
|
|
//
|
|
// RepositoryName is a required field
|
|
RepositoryName *string `locationName:"repositoryName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s GetCommitInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s GetCommitInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *GetCommitInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetCommitInput"}
|
|
if s.CommitId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("CommitId"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.RepositoryName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RepositoryName"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.RepositoryName != nil && len(*s.RepositoryName) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("RepositoryName", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCommitId sets the CommitId field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetCommitInput) SetCommitId(v string) *GetCommitInput {
|
|
s.CommitId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRepositoryName sets the RepositoryName field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetCommitInput) SetRepositoryName(v string) *GetCommitInput {
|
|
s.RepositoryName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Represents the output of a get commit operation.
|
|
type GetCommitOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A commit data type object that contains information about the specified commit.
|
|
//
|
|
// Commit is a required field
|
|
Commit *Commit `locationName:"commit" type:"structure" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s GetCommitOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s GetCommitOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCommit sets the Commit field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetCommitOutput) SetCommit(v *Commit) *GetCommitOutput {
|
|
s.Commit = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type GetDifferencesInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The branch, tag, HEAD, or other fully qualified reference used to identify
|
|
// a commit.
|
|
//
|
|
// AfterCommitSpecifier is a required field
|
|
AfterCommitSpecifier *string `locationName:"afterCommitSpecifier" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The file path in which to check differences. Limits the results to this path.
|
|
// Can also be used to specify the changed name of a directory or folder, if
|
|
// it has changed. If not specified, differences will be shown for all paths.
|
|
AfterPath *string `locationName:"afterPath" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The branch, tag, HEAD, or other fully qualified reference used to identify
|
|
// a commit. For example, the full commit ID. Optional. If not specified, all
|
|
// changes prior to the afterCommitSpecifier value will be shown. If you do
|
|
// not use beforeCommitSpecifier in your request, consider limiting the results
|
|
// with maxResults.
|
|
BeforeCommitSpecifier *string `locationName:"beforeCommitSpecifier" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The file path in which to check for differences. Limits the results to this
|
|
// path. Can also be used to specify the previous name of a directory or folder.
|
|
// If beforePath and afterPath are not specified, differences will be shown
|
|
// for all paths.
|
|
BeforePath *string `locationName:"beforePath" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A non-negative integer used to limit the number of returned results.
|
|
MaxResults *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// An enumeration token that when provided in a request, returns the next batch
|
|
// of the results.
|
|
NextToken *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the repository where you want to get differences.
|
|
//
|
|
// RepositoryName is a required field
|
|
RepositoryName *string `locationName:"repositoryName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s GetDifferencesInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s GetDifferencesInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *GetDifferencesInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetDifferencesInput"}
|
|
if s.AfterCommitSpecifier == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AfterCommitSpecifier"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.RepositoryName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RepositoryName"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.RepositoryName != nil && len(*s.RepositoryName) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("RepositoryName", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAfterCommitSpecifier sets the AfterCommitSpecifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetDifferencesInput) SetAfterCommitSpecifier(v string) *GetDifferencesInput {
|
|
s.AfterCommitSpecifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAfterPath sets the AfterPath field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetDifferencesInput) SetAfterPath(v string) *GetDifferencesInput {
|
|
s.AfterPath = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetBeforeCommitSpecifier sets the BeforeCommitSpecifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetDifferencesInput) SetBeforeCommitSpecifier(v string) *GetDifferencesInput {
|
|
s.BeforeCommitSpecifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetBeforePath sets the BeforePath field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetDifferencesInput) SetBeforePath(v string) *GetDifferencesInput {
|
|
s.BeforePath = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetDifferencesInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *GetDifferencesInput {
|
|
s.MaxResults = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetDifferencesInput) SetNextToken(v string) *GetDifferencesInput {
|
|
s.NextToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRepositoryName sets the RepositoryName field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetDifferencesInput) SetRepositoryName(v string) *GetDifferencesInput {
|
|
s.RepositoryName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type GetDifferencesOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A differences data type object that contains information about the differences,
|
|
// including whether the difference is added, modified, or deleted (A, D, M).
|
|
Differences []*Difference `locationName:"differences" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// An enumeration token that can be used in a request to return the next batch
|
|
// of the results.
|
|
NextToken *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s GetDifferencesOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s GetDifferencesOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDifferences sets the Differences field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetDifferencesOutput) SetDifferences(v []*Difference) *GetDifferencesOutput {
|
|
s.Differences = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetDifferencesOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *GetDifferencesOutput {
|
|
s.NextToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type GetMergeConflictsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The branch, tag, HEAD, or other fully qualified reference used to identify
|
|
// a commit. For example, a branch name or a full commit ID.
|
|
//
|
|
// DestinationCommitSpecifier is a required field
|
|
DestinationCommitSpecifier *string `locationName:"destinationCommitSpecifier" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The merge option or strategy you want to use to merge the code. The only
|
|
// valid value is FAST_FORWARD_MERGE.
|
|
//
|
|
// MergeOption is a required field
|
|
MergeOption *string `locationName:"mergeOption" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"MergeOptionTypeEnum"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the repository where the pull request was created.
|
|
//
|
|
// RepositoryName is a required field
|
|
RepositoryName *string `locationName:"repositoryName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The branch, tag, HEAD, or other fully qualified reference used to identify
|
|
// a commit. For example, a branch name or a full commit ID.
|
|
//
|
|
// SourceCommitSpecifier is a required field
|
|
SourceCommitSpecifier *string `locationName:"sourceCommitSpecifier" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s GetMergeConflictsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s GetMergeConflictsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *GetMergeConflictsInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetMergeConflictsInput"}
|
|
if s.DestinationCommitSpecifier == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DestinationCommitSpecifier"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.MergeOption == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("MergeOption"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.RepositoryName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RepositoryName"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.RepositoryName != nil && len(*s.RepositoryName) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("RepositoryName", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.SourceCommitSpecifier == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SourceCommitSpecifier"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDestinationCommitSpecifier sets the DestinationCommitSpecifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetMergeConflictsInput) SetDestinationCommitSpecifier(v string) *GetMergeConflictsInput {
|
|
s.DestinationCommitSpecifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMergeOption sets the MergeOption field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetMergeConflictsInput) SetMergeOption(v string) *GetMergeConflictsInput {
|
|
s.MergeOption = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRepositoryName sets the RepositoryName field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetMergeConflictsInput) SetRepositoryName(v string) *GetMergeConflictsInput {
|
|
s.RepositoryName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSourceCommitSpecifier sets the SourceCommitSpecifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetMergeConflictsInput) SetSourceCommitSpecifier(v string) *GetMergeConflictsInput {
|
|
s.SourceCommitSpecifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type GetMergeConflictsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The commit ID of the destination commit specifier that was used in the merge
|
|
// evaluation.
|
|
//
|
|
// DestinationCommitId is a required field
|
|
DestinationCommitId *string `locationName:"destinationCommitId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// A Boolean value that indicates whether the code is mergable by the specified
|
|
// merge option.
|
|
//
|
|
// Mergeable is a required field
|
|
Mergeable *bool `locationName:"mergeable" type:"boolean" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The commit ID of the source commit specifier that was used in the merge evaluation.
|
|
//
|
|
// SourceCommitId is a required field
|
|
SourceCommitId *string `locationName:"sourceCommitId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s GetMergeConflictsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s GetMergeConflictsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDestinationCommitId sets the DestinationCommitId field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetMergeConflictsOutput) SetDestinationCommitId(v string) *GetMergeConflictsOutput {
|
|
s.DestinationCommitId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMergeable sets the Mergeable field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetMergeConflictsOutput) SetMergeable(v bool) *GetMergeConflictsOutput {
|
|
s.Mergeable = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSourceCommitId sets the SourceCommitId field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetMergeConflictsOutput) SetSourceCommitId(v string) *GetMergeConflictsOutput {
|
|
s.SourceCommitId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type GetPullRequestInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The system-generated ID of the pull request. To get this ID, use ListPullRequests.
|
|
//
|
|
// PullRequestId is a required field
|
|
PullRequestId *string `locationName:"pullRequestId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s GetPullRequestInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s GetPullRequestInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *GetPullRequestInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetPullRequestInput"}
|
|
if s.PullRequestId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("PullRequestId"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPullRequestId sets the PullRequestId field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetPullRequestInput) SetPullRequestId(v string) *GetPullRequestInput {
|
|
s.PullRequestId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type GetPullRequestOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the specified pull request.
|
|
//
|
|
// PullRequest is a required field
|
|
PullRequest *PullRequest `locationName:"pullRequest" type:"structure" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s GetPullRequestOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s GetPullRequestOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPullRequest sets the PullRequest field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetPullRequestOutput) SetPullRequest(v *PullRequest) *GetPullRequestOutput {
|
|
s.PullRequest = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Represents the input of a get repository operation.
|
|
type GetRepositoryInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the repository to get information about.
|
|
//
|
|
// RepositoryName is a required field
|
|
RepositoryName *string `locationName:"repositoryName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s GetRepositoryInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s GetRepositoryInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *GetRepositoryInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetRepositoryInput"}
|
|
if s.RepositoryName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RepositoryName"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.RepositoryName != nil && len(*s.RepositoryName) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("RepositoryName", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRepositoryName sets the RepositoryName field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetRepositoryInput) SetRepositoryName(v string) *GetRepositoryInput {
|
|
s.RepositoryName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Represents the output of a get repository operation.
|
|
type GetRepositoryOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the repository.
|
|
RepositoryMetadata *RepositoryMetadata `locationName:"repositoryMetadata" type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s GetRepositoryOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s GetRepositoryOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRepositoryMetadata sets the RepositoryMetadata field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetRepositoryOutput) SetRepositoryMetadata(v *RepositoryMetadata) *GetRepositoryOutput {
|
|
s.RepositoryMetadata = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Represents the input of a get repository triggers operation.
|
|
type GetRepositoryTriggersInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the repository for which the trigger is configured.
|
|
//
|
|
// RepositoryName is a required field
|
|
RepositoryName *string `locationName:"repositoryName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s GetRepositoryTriggersInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s GetRepositoryTriggersInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *GetRepositoryTriggersInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetRepositoryTriggersInput"}
|
|
if s.RepositoryName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RepositoryName"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.RepositoryName != nil && len(*s.RepositoryName) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("RepositoryName", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRepositoryName sets the RepositoryName field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetRepositoryTriggersInput) SetRepositoryName(v string) *GetRepositoryTriggersInput {
|
|
s.RepositoryName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Represents the output of a get repository triggers operation.
|
|
type GetRepositoryTriggersOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The system-generated unique ID for the trigger.
|
|
ConfigurationId *string `locationName:"configurationId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The JSON block of configuration information for each trigger.
|
|
Triggers []*RepositoryTrigger `locationName:"triggers" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s GetRepositoryTriggersOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s GetRepositoryTriggersOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetConfigurationId sets the ConfigurationId field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetRepositoryTriggersOutput) SetConfigurationId(v string) *GetRepositoryTriggersOutput {
|
|
s.ConfigurationId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTriggers sets the Triggers field's value.
|
|
func (s *GetRepositoryTriggersOutput) SetTriggers(v []*RepositoryTrigger) *GetRepositoryTriggersOutput {
|
|
s.Triggers = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Represents the input of a list branches operation.
|
|
type ListBranchesInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// An enumeration token that allows the operation to batch the results.
|
|
NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the repository that contains the branches.
|
|
//
|
|
// RepositoryName is a required field
|
|
RepositoryName *string `locationName:"repositoryName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ListBranchesInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ListBranchesInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *ListBranchesInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListBranchesInput"}
|
|
if s.RepositoryName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RepositoryName"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.RepositoryName != nil && len(*s.RepositoryName) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("RepositoryName", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *ListBranchesInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListBranchesInput {
|
|
s.NextToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRepositoryName sets the RepositoryName field's value.
|
|
func (s *ListBranchesInput) SetRepositoryName(v string) *ListBranchesInput {
|
|
s.RepositoryName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Represents the output of a list branches operation.
|
|
type ListBranchesOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The list of branch names.
|
|
Branches []*string `locationName:"branches" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// An enumeration token that returns the batch of the results.
|
|
NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ListBranchesOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ListBranchesOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetBranches sets the Branches field's value.
|
|
func (s *ListBranchesOutput) SetBranches(v []*string) *ListBranchesOutput {
|
|
s.Branches = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *ListBranchesOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListBranchesOutput {
|
|
s.NextToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type ListPullRequestsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Optional. The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the user who created the pull
|
|
// request. If used, this filters the results to pull requests created by that
|
|
// user.
|
|
AuthorArn *string `locationName:"authorArn" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A non-negative integer used to limit the number of returned results.
|
|
MaxResults *int64 `locationName:"maxResults" type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// An enumeration token that when provided in a request, returns the next batch
|
|
// of the results.
|
|
NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Optional. The status of the pull request. If used, this refines the results
|
|
// to the pull requests that match the specified status.
|
|
PullRequestStatus *string `locationName:"pullRequestStatus" type:"string" enum:"PullRequestStatusEnum"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the repository for which you want to list pull requests.
|
|
//
|
|
// RepositoryName is a required field
|
|
RepositoryName *string `locationName:"repositoryName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ListPullRequestsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ListPullRequestsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *ListPullRequestsInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListPullRequestsInput"}
|
|
if s.RepositoryName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RepositoryName"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.RepositoryName != nil && len(*s.RepositoryName) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("RepositoryName", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAuthorArn sets the AuthorArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *ListPullRequestsInput) SetAuthorArn(v string) *ListPullRequestsInput {
|
|
s.AuthorArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
|
|
func (s *ListPullRequestsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *ListPullRequestsInput {
|
|
s.MaxResults = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *ListPullRequestsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListPullRequestsInput {
|
|
s.NextToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPullRequestStatus sets the PullRequestStatus field's value.
|
|
func (s *ListPullRequestsInput) SetPullRequestStatus(v string) *ListPullRequestsInput {
|
|
s.PullRequestStatus = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRepositoryName sets the RepositoryName field's value.
|
|
func (s *ListPullRequestsInput) SetRepositoryName(v string) *ListPullRequestsInput {
|
|
s.RepositoryName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type ListPullRequestsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// An enumeration token that when provided in a request, returns the next batch
|
|
// of the results.
|
|
NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The system-generated IDs of the pull requests.
|
|
//
|
|
// PullRequestIds is a required field
|
|
PullRequestIds []*string `locationName:"pullRequestIds" type:"list" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ListPullRequestsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ListPullRequestsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *ListPullRequestsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListPullRequestsOutput {
|
|
s.NextToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPullRequestIds sets the PullRequestIds field's value.
|
|
func (s *ListPullRequestsOutput) SetPullRequestIds(v []*string) *ListPullRequestsOutput {
|
|
s.PullRequestIds = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Represents the input of a list repositories operation.
|
|
type ListRepositoriesInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// An enumeration token that allows the operation to batch the results of the
|
|
// operation. Batch sizes are 1,000 for list repository operations. When the
|
|
// client sends the token back to AWS CodeCommit, another page of 1,000 records
|
|
// is retrieved.
|
|
NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The order in which to sort the results of a list repositories operation.
|
|
Order *string `locationName:"order" type:"string" enum:"OrderEnum"`
|
|
|
|
// The criteria used to sort the results of a list repositories operation.
|
|
SortBy *string `locationName:"sortBy" type:"string" enum:"SortByEnum"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ListRepositoriesInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ListRepositoriesInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *ListRepositoriesInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListRepositoriesInput {
|
|
s.NextToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetOrder sets the Order field's value.
|
|
func (s *ListRepositoriesInput) SetOrder(v string) *ListRepositoriesInput {
|
|
s.Order = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSortBy sets the SortBy field's value.
|
|
func (s *ListRepositoriesInput) SetSortBy(v string) *ListRepositoriesInput {
|
|
s.SortBy = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Represents the output of a list repositories operation.
|
|
type ListRepositoriesOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// An enumeration token that allows the operation to batch the results of the
|
|
// operation. Batch sizes are 1,000 for list repository operations. When the
|
|
// client sends the token back to AWS CodeCommit, another page of 1,000 records
|
|
// is retrieved.
|
|
NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Lists the repositories called by the list repositories operation.
|
|
Repositories []*RepositoryNameIdPair `locationName:"repositories" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ListRepositoriesOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ListRepositoriesOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *ListRepositoriesOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListRepositoriesOutput {
|
|
s.NextToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRepositories sets the Repositories field's value.
|
|
func (s *ListRepositoriesOutput) SetRepositories(v []*RepositoryNameIdPair) *ListRepositoriesOutput {
|
|
s.Repositories = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Returns information about the location of a change or comment in the comparison
|
|
// between two commits or a pull request.
|
|
type Location struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the file being compared, including its extension and subdirectory,
|
|
// if any.
|
|
FilePath *string `locationName:"filePath" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The position of a change within a compared file, in line number format.
|
|
FilePosition *int64 `locationName:"filePosition" type:"long"`
|
|
|
|
// In a comparison of commits or a pull request, whether the change is in the
|
|
// 'before' or 'after' of that comparison.
|
|
RelativeFileVersion *string `locationName:"relativeFileVersion" type:"string" enum:"RelativeFileVersionEnum"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Location) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Location) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFilePath sets the FilePath field's value.
|
|
func (s *Location) SetFilePath(v string) *Location {
|
|
s.FilePath = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFilePosition sets the FilePosition field's value.
|
|
func (s *Location) SetFilePosition(v int64) *Location {
|
|
s.FilePosition = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRelativeFileVersion sets the RelativeFileVersion field's value.
|
|
func (s *Location) SetRelativeFileVersion(v string) *Location {
|
|
s.RelativeFileVersion = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Returns information about a merge or potential merge between a source reference
|
|
// and a destination reference in a pull request.
|
|
type MergeMetadata struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A Boolean value indicating whether the merge has been made.
|
|
IsMerged *bool `locationName:"isMerged" type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the user who merged the branches.
|
|
MergedBy *string `locationName:"mergedBy" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s MergeMetadata) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s MergeMetadata) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetIsMerged sets the IsMerged field's value.
|
|
func (s *MergeMetadata) SetIsMerged(v bool) *MergeMetadata {
|
|
s.IsMerged = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMergedBy sets the MergedBy field's value.
|
|
func (s *MergeMetadata) SetMergedBy(v string) *MergeMetadata {
|
|
s.MergedBy = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type MergePullRequestByFastForwardInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The system-generated ID of the pull request. To get this ID, use ListPullRequests.
|
|
//
|
|
// PullRequestId is a required field
|
|
PullRequestId *string `locationName:"pullRequestId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the repository where the pull request was created.
|
|
//
|
|
// RepositoryName is a required field
|
|
RepositoryName *string `locationName:"repositoryName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The full commit ID of the original or updated commit in the pull request
|
|
// source branch. Pass this value if you want an exception thrown if the current
|
|
// commit ID of the tip of the source branch does not match this commit ID.
|
|
SourceCommitId *string `locationName:"sourceCommitId" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s MergePullRequestByFastForwardInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s MergePullRequestByFastForwardInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *MergePullRequestByFastForwardInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "MergePullRequestByFastForwardInput"}
|
|
if s.PullRequestId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("PullRequestId"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.RepositoryName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RepositoryName"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.RepositoryName != nil && len(*s.RepositoryName) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("RepositoryName", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPullRequestId sets the PullRequestId field's value.
|
|
func (s *MergePullRequestByFastForwardInput) SetPullRequestId(v string) *MergePullRequestByFastForwardInput {
|
|
s.PullRequestId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRepositoryName sets the RepositoryName field's value.
|
|
func (s *MergePullRequestByFastForwardInput) SetRepositoryName(v string) *MergePullRequestByFastForwardInput {
|
|
s.RepositoryName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSourceCommitId sets the SourceCommitId field's value.
|
|
func (s *MergePullRequestByFastForwardInput) SetSourceCommitId(v string) *MergePullRequestByFastForwardInput {
|
|
s.SourceCommitId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type MergePullRequestByFastForwardOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the specified pull request, including information about
|
|
// the merge.
|
|
PullRequest *PullRequest `locationName:"pullRequest" type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s MergePullRequestByFastForwardOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s MergePullRequestByFastForwardOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPullRequest sets the PullRequest field's value.
|
|
func (s *MergePullRequestByFastForwardOutput) SetPullRequest(v *PullRequest) *MergePullRequestByFastForwardOutput {
|
|
s.PullRequest = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type PostCommentForComparedCommitInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// To establish the directionality of the comparison, the full commit ID of
|
|
// the 'after' commit.
|
|
//
|
|
// AfterCommitId is a required field
|
|
AfterCommitId *string `locationName:"afterCommitId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// To establish the directionality of the comparison, the full commit ID of
|
|
// the 'before' commit.
|
|
BeforeCommitId *string `locationName:"beforeCommitId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A unique, client-generated idempotency token that when provided in a request,
|
|
// ensures the request cannot be repeated with a changed parameter. If a request
|
|
// is received with the same parameters and a token is included, the request
|
|
// will return information about the initial request that used that token.
|
|
ClientRequestToken *string `locationName:"clientRequestToken" type:"string" idempotencyToken:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The content of the comment you want to make.
|
|
//
|
|
// Content is a required field
|
|
Content *string `locationName:"content" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The location of the comparison where you want to comment.
|
|
Location *Location `locationName:"location" type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the repository where you want to post a comment on the comparison
|
|
// between commits.
|
|
//
|
|
// RepositoryName is a required field
|
|
RepositoryName *string `locationName:"repositoryName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s PostCommentForComparedCommitInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s PostCommentForComparedCommitInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *PostCommentForComparedCommitInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PostCommentForComparedCommitInput"}
|
|
if s.AfterCommitId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AfterCommitId"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Content == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Content"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.RepositoryName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RepositoryName"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.RepositoryName != nil && len(*s.RepositoryName) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("RepositoryName", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAfterCommitId sets the AfterCommitId field's value.
|
|
func (s *PostCommentForComparedCommitInput) SetAfterCommitId(v string) *PostCommentForComparedCommitInput {
|
|
s.AfterCommitId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetBeforeCommitId sets the BeforeCommitId field's value.
|
|
func (s *PostCommentForComparedCommitInput) SetBeforeCommitId(v string) *PostCommentForComparedCommitInput {
|
|
s.BeforeCommitId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetClientRequestToken sets the ClientRequestToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *PostCommentForComparedCommitInput) SetClientRequestToken(v string) *PostCommentForComparedCommitInput {
|
|
s.ClientRequestToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetContent sets the Content field's value.
|
|
func (s *PostCommentForComparedCommitInput) SetContent(v string) *PostCommentForComparedCommitInput {
|
|
s.Content = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLocation sets the Location field's value.
|
|
func (s *PostCommentForComparedCommitInput) SetLocation(v *Location) *PostCommentForComparedCommitInput {
|
|
s.Location = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRepositoryName sets the RepositoryName field's value.
|
|
func (s *PostCommentForComparedCommitInput) SetRepositoryName(v string) *PostCommentForComparedCommitInput {
|
|
s.RepositoryName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type PostCommentForComparedCommitOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// In the directionality you established, the blob ID of the 'after' blob.
|
|
AfterBlobId *string `locationName:"afterBlobId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// In the directionality you established, the full commit ID of the 'after'
|
|
// commit.
|
|
AfterCommitId *string `locationName:"afterCommitId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// In the directionality you established, the blob ID of the 'before' blob.
|
|
BeforeBlobId *string `locationName:"beforeBlobId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// In the directionality you established, the full commit ID of the 'before'
|
|
// commit.
|
|
BeforeCommitId *string `locationName:"beforeCommitId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The content of the comment you posted.
|
|
Comment *Comment `locationName:"comment" type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The location of the comment in the comparison between the two commits.
|
|
Location *Location `locationName:"location" type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the repository where you posted a comment on the comparison between
|
|
// commits.
|
|
RepositoryName *string `locationName:"repositoryName" min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s PostCommentForComparedCommitOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s PostCommentForComparedCommitOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAfterBlobId sets the AfterBlobId field's value.
|
|
func (s *PostCommentForComparedCommitOutput) SetAfterBlobId(v string) *PostCommentForComparedCommitOutput {
|
|
s.AfterBlobId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAfterCommitId sets the AfterCommitId field's value.
|
|
func (s *PostCommentForComparedCommitOutput) SetAfterCommitId(v string) *PostCommentForComparedCommitOutput {
|
|
s.AfterCommitId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetBeforeBlobId sets the BeforeBlobId field's value.
|
|
func (s *PostCommentForComparedCommitOutput) SetBeforeBlobId(v string) *PostCommentForComparedCommitOutput {
|
|
s.BeforeBlobId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetBeforeCommitId sets the BeforeCommitId field's value.
|
|
func (s *PostCommentForComparedCommitOutput) SetBeforeCommitId(v string) *PostCommentForComparedCommitOutput {
|
|
s.BeforeCommitId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetComment sets the Comment field's value.
|
|
func (s *PostCommentForComparedCommitOutput) SetComment(v *Comment) *PostCommentForComparedCommitOutput {
|
|
s.Comment = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLocation sets the Location field's value.
|
|
func (s *PostCommentForComparedCommitOutput) SetLocation(v *Location) *PostCommentForComparedCommitOutput {
|
|
s.Location = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRepositoryName sets the RepositoryName field's value.
|
|
func (s *PostCommentForComparedCommitOutput) SetRepositoryName(v string) *PostCommentForComparedCommitOutput {
|
|
s.RepositoryName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type PostCommentForPullRequestInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The full commit ID of the commit in the source branch that is the current
|
|
// tip of the branch for the pull request when you post the comment.
|
|
//
|
|
// AfterCommitId is a required field
|
|
AfterCommitId *string `locationName:"afterCommitId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The full commit ID of the commit in the destination branch that was the tip
|
|
// of the branch at the time the pull request was created.
|
|
//
|
|
// BeforeCommitId is a required field
|
|
BeforeCommitId *string `locationName:"beforeCommitId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// A unique, client-generated idempotency token that when provided in a request,
|
|
// ensures the request cannot be repeated with a changed parameter. If a request
|
|
// is received with the same parameters and a token is included, the request
|
|
// will return information about the initial request that used that token.
|
|
ClientRequestToken *string `locationName:"clientRequestToken" type:"string" idempotencyToken:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The content of your comment on the change.
|
|
//
|
|
// Content is a required field
|
|
Content *string `locationName:"content" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The location of the change where you want to post your comment. If no location
|
|
// is provided, the comment will be posted as a general comment on the pull
|
|
// request difference between the before commit ID and the after commit ID.
|
|
Location *Location `locationName:"location" type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The system-generated ID of the pull request. To get this ID, use ListPullRequests.
|
|
//
|
|
// PullRequestId is a required field
|
|
PullRequestId *string `locationName:"pullRequestId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the repository where you want to post a comment on a pull request.
|
|
//
|
|
// RepositoryName is a required field
|
|
RepositoryName *string `locationName:"repositoryName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s PostCommentForPullRequestInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s PostCommentForPullRequestInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *PostCommentForPullRequestInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PostCommentForPullRequestInput"}
|
|
if s.AfterCommitId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AfterCommitId"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.BeforeCommitId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("BeforeCommitId"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Content == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Content"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.PullRequestId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("PullRequestId"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.RepositoryName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RepositoryName"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.RepositoryName != nil && len(*s.RepositoryName) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("RepositoryName", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAfterCommitId sets the AfterCommitId field's value.
|
|
func (s *PostCommentForPullRequestInput) SetAfterCommitId(v string) *PostCommentForPullRequestInput {
|
|
s.AfterCommitId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetBeforeCommitId sets the BeforeCommitId field's value.
|
|
func (s *PostCommentForPullRequestInput) SetBeforeCommitId(v string) *PostCommentForPullRequestInput {
|
|
s.BeforeCommitId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetClientRequestToken sets the ClientRequestToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *PostCommentForPullRequestInput) SetClientRequestToken(v string) *PostCommentForPullRequestInput {
|
|
s.ClientRequestToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetContent sets the Content field's value.
|
|
func (s *PostCommentForPullRequestInput) SetContent(v string) *PostCommentForPullRequestInput {
|
|
s.Content = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLocation sets the Location field's value.
|
|
func (s *PostCommentForPullRequestInput) SetLocation(v *Location) *PostCommentForPullRequestInput {
|
|
s.Location = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPullRequestId sets the PullRequestId field's value.
|
|
func (s *PostCommentForPullRequestInput) SetPullRequestId(v string) *PostCommentForPullRequestInput {
|
|
s.PullRequestId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRepositoryName sets the RepositoryName field's value.
|
|
func (s *PostCommentForPullRequestInput) SetRepositoryName(v string) *PostCommentForPullRequestInput {
|
|
s.RepositoryName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type PostCommentForPullRequestOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// In the directionality of the pull request, the blob ID of the 'after' blob.
|
|
AfterBlobId *string `locationName:"afterBlobId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The full commit ID of the commit in the destination branch where the pull
|
|
// request will be merged.
|
|
AfterCommitId *string `locationName:"afterCommitId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// In the directionality of the pull request, the blob ID of the 'before' blob.
|
|
BeforeBlobId *string `locationName:"beforeBlobId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The full commit ID of the commit in the source branch used to create the
|
|
// pull request, or in the case of an updated pull request, the full commit
|
|
// ID of the commit used to update the pull request.
|
|
BeforeCommitId *string `locationName:"beforeCommitId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The content of the comment you posted.
|
|
Comment *Comment `locationName:"comment" type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The location of the change where you posted your comment.
|
|
Location *Location `locationName:"location" type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The system-generated ID of the pull request.
|
|
PullRequestId *string `locationName:"pullRequestId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the repository where you posted a comment on a pull request.
|
|
RepositoryName *string `locationName:"repositoryName" min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s PostCommentForPullRequestOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s PostCommentForPullRequestOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAfterBlobId sets the AfterBlobId field's value.
|
|
func (s *PostCommentForPullRequestOutput) SetAfterBlobId(v string) *PostCommentForPullRequestOutput {
|
|
s.AfterBlobId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAfterCommitId sets the AfterCommitId field's value.
|
|
func (s *PostCommentForPullRequestOutput) SetAfterCommitId(v string) *PostCommentForPullRequestOutput {
|
|
s.AfterCommitId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetBeforeBlobId sets the BeforeBlobId field's value.
|
|
func (s *PostCommentForPullRequestOutput) SetBeforeBlobId(v string) *PostCommentForPullRequestOutput {
|
|
s.BeforeBlobId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetBeforeCommitId sets the BeforeCommitId field's value.
|
|
func (s *PostCommentForPullRequestOutput) SetBeforeCommitId(v string) *PostCommentForPullRequestOutput {
|
|
s.BeforeCommitId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetComment sets the Comment field's value.
|
|
func (s *PostCommentForPullRequestOutput) SetComment(v *Comment) *PostCommentForPullRequestOutput {
|
|
s.Comment = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLocation sets the Location field's value.
|
|
func (s *PostCommentForPullRequestOutput) SetLocation(v *Location) *PostCommentForPullRequestOutput {
|
|
s.Location = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPullRequestId sets the PullRequestId field's value.
|
|
func (s *PostCommentForPullRequestOutput) SetPullRequestId(v string) *PostCommentForPullRequestOutput {
|
|
s.PullRequestId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRepositoryName sets the RepositoryName field's value.
|
|
func (s *PostCommentForPullRequestOutput) SetRepositoryName(v string) *PostCommentForPullRequestOutput {
|
|
s.RepositoryName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type PostCommentReplyInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A unique, client-generated idempotency token that when provided in a request,
|
|
// ensures the request cannot be repeated with a changed parameter. If a request
|
|
// is received with the same parameters and a token is included, the request
|
|
// will return information about the initial request that used that token.
|
|
ClientRequestToken *string `locationName:"clientRequestToken" type:"string" idempotencyToken:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The contents of your reply to a comment.
|
|
//
|
|
// Content is a required field
|
|
Content *string `locationName:"content" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The system-generated ID of the comment to which you want to reply. To get
|
|
// this ID, use GetCommentsForComparedCommit or GetCommentsForPullRequest.
|
|
//
|
|
// InReplyTo is a required field
|
|
InReplyTo *string `locationName:"inReplyTo" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s PostCommentReplyInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s PostCommentReplyInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *PostCommentReplyInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PostCommentReplyInput"}
|
|
if s.Content == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Content"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.InReplyTo == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("InReplyTo"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetClientRequestToken sets the ClientRequestToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *PostCommentReplyInput) SetClientRequestToken(v string) *PostCommentReplyInput {
|
|
s.ClientRequestToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetContent sets the Content field's value.
|
|
func (s *PostCommentReplyInput) SetContent(v string) *PostCommentReplyInput {
|
|
s.Content = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInReplyTo sets the InReplyTo field's value.
|
|
func (s *PostCommentReplyInput) SetInReplyTo(v string) *PostCommentReplyInput {
|
|
s.InReplyTo = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type PostCommentReplyOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the reply to a comment.
|
|
Comment *Comment `locationName:"comment" type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s PostCommentReplyOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s PostCommentReplyOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetComment sets the Comment field's value.
|
|
func (s *PostCommentReplyOutput) SetComment(v *Comment) *PostCommentReplyOutput {
|
|
s.Comment = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Returns information about a pull request.
|
|
type PullRequest struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the user who created the pull request.
|
|
AuthorArn *string `locationName:"authorArn" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A unique, client-generated idempotency token that when provided in a request,
|
|
// ensures the request cannot be repeated with a changed parameter. If a request
|
|
// is received with the same parameters and a token is included, the request
|
|
// will return information about the initial request that used that token.
|
|
ClientRequestToken *string `locationName:"clientRequestToken" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The date and time the pull request was originally created, in timestamp format.
|
|
CreationDate *time.Time `locationName:"creationDate" type:"timestamp"`
|
|
|
|
// The user-defined description of the pull request. This description can be
|
|
// used to clarify what should be reviewed and other details of the request.
|
|
Description *string `locationName:"description" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The day and time of the last user or system activity on the pull request,
|
|
// in timestamp format.
|
|
LastActivityDate *time.Time `locationName:"lastActivityDate" type:"timestamp"`
|
|
|
|
// The system-generated ID of the pull request.
|
|
PullRequestId *string `locationName:"pullRequestId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The status of the pull request. Pull request status can only change from
|
|
// OPEN to CLOSED.
|
|
PullRequestStatus *string `locationName:"pullRequestStatus" type:"string" enum:"PullRequestStatusEnum"`
|
|
|
|
// The targets of the pull request, including the source branch and destination
|
|
// branch for the pull request.
|
|
PullRequestTargets []*PullRequestTarget `locationName:"pullRequestTargets" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The user-defined title of the pull request. This title is displayed in the
|
|
// list of pull requests to other users of the repository.
|
|
Title *string `locationName:"title" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s PullRequest) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s PullRequest) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAuthorArn sets the AuthorArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *PullRequest) SetAuthorArn(v string) *PullRequest {
|
|
s.AuthorArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetClientRequestToken sets the ClientRequestToken field's value.
|
|
func (s *PullRequest) SetClientRequestToken(v string) *PullRequest {
|
|
s.ClientRequestToken = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCreationDate sets the CreationDate field's value.
|
|
func (s *PullRequest) SetCreationDate(v time.Time) *PullRequest {
|
|
s.CreationDate = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
|
|
func (s *PullRequest) SetDescription(v string) *PullRequest {
|
|
s.Description = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLastActivityDate sets the LastActivityDate field's value.
|
|
func (s *PullRequest) SetLastActivityDate(v time.Time) *PullRequest {
|
|
s.LastActivityDate = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPullRequestId sets the PullRequestId field's value.
|
|
func (s *PullRequest) SetPullRequestId(v string) *PullRequest {
|
|
s.PullRequestId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPullRequestStatus sets the PullRequestStatus field's value.
|
|
func (s *PullRequest) SetPullRequestStatus(v string) *PullRequest {
|
|
s.PullRequestStatus = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPullRequestTargets sets the PullRequestTargets field's value.
|
|
func (s *PullRequest) SetPullRequestTargets(v []*PullRequestTarget) *PullRequest {
|
|
s.PullRequestTargets = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTitle sets the Title field's value.
|
|
func (s *PullRequest) SetTitle(v string) *PullRequest {
|
|
s.Title = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Returns information about a pull request event.
|
|
type PullRequestEvent struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the user whose actions resulted in the
|
|
// event. Examples include updating the pull request with additional commits
|
|
// or changing the status of a pull request.
|
|
ActorArn *string `locationName:"actorArn" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The day and time of the pull request event, in timestamp format.
|
|
EventDate *time.Time `locationName:"eventDate" type:"timestamp"`
|
|
|
|
// The type of the pull request event, for example a status change event (PULL_REQUEST_STATUS_CHANGED)
|
|
// or update event (PULL_REQUEST_SOURCE_REFERENCE_UPDATED).
|
|
PullRequestEventType *string `locationName:"pullRequestEventType" type:"string" enum:"PullRequestEventType"`
|
|
|
|
// The system-generated ID of the pull request.
|
|
PullRequestId *string `locationName:"pullRequestId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the change in mergability state for the pull request event.
|
|
PullRequestMergedStateChangedEventMetadata *PullRequestMergedStateChangedEventMetadata `locationName:"pullRequestMergedStateChangedEventMetadata" type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the updated source branch for the pull request event.
|
|
PullRequestSourceReferenceUpdatedEventMetadata *PullRequestSourceReferenceUpdatedEventMetadata `locationName:"pullRequestSourceReferenceUpdatedEventMetadata" type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the change in status for the pull request event.
|
|
PullRequestStatusChangedEventMetadata *PullRequestStatusChangedEventMetadata `locationName:"pullRequestStatusChangedEventMetadata" type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s PullRequestEvent) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s PullRequestEvent) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetActorArn sets the ActorArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *PullRequestEvent) SetActorArn(v string) *PullRequestEvent {
|
|
s.ActorArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEventDate sets the EventDate field's value.
|
|
func (s *PullRequestEvent) SetEventDate(v time.Time) *PullRequestEvent {
|
|
s.EventDate = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPullRequestEventType sets the PullRequestEventType field's value.
|
|
func (s *PullRequestEvent) SetPullRequestEventType(v string) *PullRequestEvent {
|
|
s.PullRequestEventType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPullRequestId sets the PullRequestId field's value.
|
|
func (s *PullRequestEvent) SetPullRequestId(v string) *PullRequestEvent {
|
|
s.PullRequestId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPullRequestMergedStateChangedEventMetadata sets the PullRequestMergedStateChangedEventMetadata field's value.
|
|
func (s *PullRequestEvent) SetPullRequestMergedStateChangedEventMetadata(v *PullRequestMergedStateChangedEventMetadata) *PullRequestEvent {
|
|
s.PullRequestMergedStateChangedEventMetadata = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPullRequestSourceReferenceUpdatedEventMetadata sets the PullRequestSourceReferenceUpdatedEventMetadata field's value.
|
|
func (s *PullRequestEvent) SetPullRequestSourceReferenceUpdatedEventMetadata(v *PullRequestSourceReferenceUpdatedEventMetadata) *PullRequestEvent {
|
|
s.PullRequestSourceReferenceUpdatedEventMetadata = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPullRequestStatusChangedEventMetadata sets the PullRequestStatusChangedEventMetadata field's value.
|
|
func (s *PullRequestEvent) SetPullRequestStatusChangedEventMetadata(v *PullRequestStatusChangedEventMetadata) *PullRequestEvent {
|
|
s.PullRequestStatusChangedEventMetadata = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Returns information about the change in the merge state for a pull request
|
|
// event.
|
|
type PullRequestMergedStateChangedEventMetadata struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the branch that the pull request will be merged into.
|
|
DestinationReference *string `locationName:"destinationReference" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the merge state change event.
|
|
MergeMetadata *MergeMetadata `locationName:"mergeMetadata" type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the repository where the pull request was created.
|
|
RepositoryName *string `locationName:"repositoryName" min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s PullRequestMergedStateChangedEventMetadata) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s PullRequestMergedStateChangedEventMetadata) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDestinationReference sets the DestinationReference field's value.
|
|
func (s *PullRequestMergedStateChangedEventMetadata) SetDestinationReference(v string) *PullRequestMergedStateChangedEventMetadata {
|
|
s.DestinationReference = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMergeMetadata sets the MergeMetadata field's value.
|
|
func (s *PullRequestMergedStateChangedEventMetadata) SetMergeMetadata(v *MergeMetadata) *PullRequestMergedStateChangedEventMetadata {
|
|
s.MergeMetadata = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRepositoryName sets the RepositoryName field's value.
|
|
func (s *PullRequestMergedStateChangedEventMetadata) SetRepositoryName(v string) *PullRequestMergedStateChangedEventMetadata {
|
|
s.RepositoryName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Information about an update to the source branch of a pull request.
|
|
type PullRequestSourceReferenceUpdatedEventMetadata struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The full commit ID of the commit in the source branch that was the tip of
|
|
// the branch at the time the pull request was updated.
|
|
AfterCommitId *string `locationName:"afterCommitId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The full commit ID of the commit in the destination branch that was the tip
|
|
// of the branch at the time the pull request was updated.
|
|
BeforeCommitId *string `locationName:"beforeCommitId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the repository where the pull request was updated.
|
|
RepositoryName *string `locationName:"repositoryName" min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s PullRequestSourceReferenceUpdatedEventMetadata) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s PullRequestSourceReferenceUpdatedEventMetadata) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAfterCommitId sets the AfterCommitId field's value.
|
|
func (s *PullRequestSourceReferenceUpdatedEventMetadata) SetAfterCommitId(v string) *PullRequestSourceReferenceUpdatedEventMetadata {
|
|
s.AfterCommitId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetBeforeCommitId sets the BeforeCommitId field's value.
|
|
func (s *PullRequestSourceReferenceUpdatedEventMetadata) SetBeforeCommitId(v string) *PullRequestSourceReferenceUpdatedEventMetadata {
|
|
s.BeforeCommitId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRepositoryName sets the RepositoryName field's value.
|
|
func (s *PullRequestSourceReferenceUpdatedEventMetadata) SetRepositoryName(v string) *PullRequestSourceReferenceUpdatedEventMetadata {
|
|
s.RepositoryName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Information about a change to the status of a pull request.
|
|
type PullRequestStatusChangedEventMetadata struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The changed status of the pull request.
|
|
PullRequestStatus *string `locationName:"pullRequestStatus" type:"string" enum:"PullRequestStatusEnum"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s PullRequestStatusChangedEventMetadata) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s PullRequestStatusChangedEventMetadata) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPullRequestStatus sets the PullRequestStatus field's value.
|
|
func (s *PullRequestStatusChangedEventMetadata) SetPullRequestStatus(v string) *PullRequestStatusChangedEventMetadata {
|
|
s.PullRequestStatus = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Returns information about a pull request target.
|
|
type PullRequestTarget struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The full commit ID that is the tip of the destination branch. This is the
|
|
// commit where the pull request was or will be merged.
|
|
DestinationCommit *string `locationName:"destinationCommit" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The branch of the repository where the pull request changes will be merged
|
|
// into. Also known as the destination branch.
|
|
DestinationReference *string `locationName:"destinationReference" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Returns metadata about the state of the merge, including whether the merge
|
|
// has been made.
|
|
MergeMetadata *MergeMetadata `locationName:"mergeMetadata" type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the repository that contains the pull request source and destination
|
|
// branches.
|
|
RepositoryName *string `locationName:"repositoryName" min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The full commit ID of the tip of the source branch used to create the pull
|
|
// request. If the pull request branch is updated by a push while the pull request
|
|
// is open, the commit ID will change to reflect the new tip of the branch.
|
|
SourceCommit *string `locationName:"sourceCommit" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The branch of the repository that contains the changes for the pull request.
|
|
// Also known as the source branch.
|
|
SourceReference *string `locationName:"sourceReference" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s PullRequestTarget) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s PullRequestTarget) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDestinationCommit sets the DestinationCommit field's value.
|
|
func (s *PullRequestTarget) SetDestinationCommit(v string) *PullRequestTarget {
|
|
s.DestinationCommit = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDestinationReference sets the DestinationReference field's value.
|
|
func (s *PullRequestTarget) SetDestinationReference(v string) *PullRequestTarget {
|
|
s.DestinationReference = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMergeMetadata sets the MergeMetadata field's value.
|
|
func (s *PullRequestTarget) SetMergeMetadata(v *MergeMetadata) *PullRequestTarget {
|
|
s.MergeMetadata = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRepositoryName sets the RepositoryName field's value.
|
|
func (s *PullRequestTarget) SetRepositoryName(v string) *PullRequestTarget {
|
|
s.RepositoryName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSourceCommit sets the SourceCommit field's value.
|
|
func (s *PullRequestTarget) SetSourceCommit(v string) *PullRequestTarget {
|
|
s.SourceCommit = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSourceReference sets the SourceReference field's value.
|
|
func (s *PullRequestTarget) SetSourceReference(v string) *PullRequestTarget {
|
|
s.SourceReference = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type PutFileInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the branch where you want to add or update the file.
|
|
//
|
|
// BranchName is a required field
|
|
BranchName *string `locationName:"branchName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// A message about why this file was added or updated. While optional, adding
|
|
// a message is strongly encouraged in order to provide a more useful commit
|
|
// history for your repository.
|
|
CommitMessage *string `locationName:"commitMessage" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// An email address for the person adding or updating the file.
|
|
Email *string `locationName:"email" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The content of the file, in binary object format.
|
|
//
|
|
// FileContent is automatically base64 encoded/decoded by the SDK.
|
|
//
|
|
// FileContent is a required field
|
|
FileContent []byte `locationName:"fileContent" type:"blob" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The file mode permissions of the blob. Valid file mode permissions are listed
|
|
// below.
|
|
FileMode *string `locationName:"fileMode" type:"string" enum:"FileModeTypeEnum"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the file you want to add or update, including the relative path
|
|
// to the file in the repository.
|
|
//
|
|
// If the path does not currently exist in the repository, the path will be
|
|
// created as part of adding the file.
|
|
//
|
|
// FilePath is a required field
|
|
FilePath *string `locationName:"filePath" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the person adding or updating the file. While optional, adding
|
|
// a name is strongly encouraged in order to provide a more useful commit history
|
|
// for your repository.
|
|
Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The full commit ID of the head commit in the branch where you want to add
|
|
// or update the file. If the commit ID does not match the ID of the head commit
|
|
// at the time of the operation, an error will occur, and the file will not
|
|
// be added or updated.
|
|
ParentCommitId *string `locationName:"parentCommitId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the repository where you want to add or update the file.
|
|
//
|
|
// RepositoryName is a required field
|
|
RepositoryName *string `locationName:"repositoryName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s PutFileInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s PutFileInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *PutFileInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutFileInput"}
|
|
if s.BranchName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("BranchName"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.BranchName != nil && len(*s.BranchName) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("BranchName", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.FileContent == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("FileContent"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.FilePath == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("FilePath"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.RepositoryName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RepositoryName"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.RepositoryName != nil && len(*s.RepositoryName) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("RepositoryName", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetBranchName sets the BranchName field's value.
|
|
func (s *PutFileInput) SetBranchName(v string) *PutFileInput {
|
|
s.BranchName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCommitMessage sets the CommitMessage field's value.
|
|
func (s *PutFileInput) SetCommitMessage(v string) *PutFileInput {
|
|
s.CommitMessage = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEmail sets the Email field's value.
|
|
func (s *PutFileInput) SetEmail(v string) *PutFileInput {
|
|
s.Email = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFileContent sets the FileContent field's value.
|
|
func (s *PutFileInput) SetFileContent(v []byte) *PutFileInput {
|
|
s.FileContent = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFileMode sets the FileMode field's value.
|
|
func (s *PutFileInput) SetFileMode(v string) *PutFileInput {
|
|
s.FileMode = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFilePath sets the FilePath field's value.
|
|
func (s *PutFileInput) SetFilePath(v string) *PutFileInput {
|
|
s.FilePath = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetName sets the Name field's value.
|
|
func (s *PutFileInput) SetName(v string) *PutFileInput {
|
|
s.Name = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetParentCommitId sets the ParentCommitId field's value.
|
|
func (s *PutFileInput) SetParentCommitId(v string) *PutFileInput {
|
|
s.ParentCommitId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRepositoryName sets the RepositoryName field's value.
|
|
func (s *PutFileInput) SetRepositoryName(v string) *PutFileInput {
|
|
s.RepositoryName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type PutFileOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the blob, which is its SHA-1 pointer.
|
|
//
|
|
// BlobId is a required field
|
|
BlobId *string `locationName:"blobId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The full SHA of the commit that contains this file change.
|
|
//
|
|
// CommitId is a required field
|
|
CommitId *string `locationName:"commitId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// Tree information for the commit that contains this file change.
|
|
//
|
|
// TreeId is a required field
|
|
TreeId *string `locationName:"treeId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s PutFileOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s PutFileOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetBlobId sets the BlobId field's value.
|
|
func (s *PutFileOutput) SetBlobId(v string) *PutFileOutput {
|
|
s.BlobId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCommitId sets the CommitId field's value.
|
|
func (s *PutFileOutput) SetCommitId(v string) *PutFileOutput {
|
|
s.CommitId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTreeId sets the TreeId field's value.
|
|
func (s *PutFileOutput) SetTreeId(v string) *PutFileOutput {
|
|
s.TreeId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Represents the input ofa put repository triggers operation.
|
|
type PutRepositoryTriggersInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the repository where you want to create or update the trigger.
|
|
//
|
|
// RepositoryName is a required field
|
|
RepositoryName *string `locationName:"repositoryName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The JSON block of configuration information for each trigger.
|
|
//
|
|
// Triggers is a required field
|
|
Triggers []*RepositoryTrigger `locationName:"triggers" type:"list" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s PutRepositoryTriggersInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s PutRepositoryTriggersInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *PutRepositoryTriggersInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutRepositoryTriggersInput"}
|
|
if s.RepositoryName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RepositoryName"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.RepositoryName != nil && len(*s.RepositoryName) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("RepositoryName", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Triggers == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Triggers"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Triggers != nil {
|
|
for i, v := range s.Triggers {
|
|
if v == nil {
|
|
continue
|
|
}
|
|
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
|
|
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Triggers", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRepositoryName sets the RepositoryName field's value.
|
|
func (s *PutRepositoryTriggersInput) SetRepositoryName(v string) *PutRepositoryTriggersInput {
|
|
s.RepositoryName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTriggers sets the Triggers field's value.
|
|
func (s *PutRepositoryTriggersInput) SetTriggers(v []*RepositoryTrigger) *PutRepositoryTriggersInput {
|
|
s.Triggers = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Represents the output of a put repository triggers operation.
|
|
type PutRepositoryTriggersOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The system-generated unique ID for the create or update operation.
|
|
ConfigurationId *string `locationName:"configurationId" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s PutRepositoryTriggersOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s PutRepositoryTriggersOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetConfigurationId sets the ConfigurationId field's value.
|
|
func (s *PutRepositoryTriggersOutput) SetConfigurationId(v string) *PutRepositoryTriggersOutput {
|
|
s.ConfigurationId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Information about a repository.
|
|
type RepositoryMetadata struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the AWS account associated with the repository.
|
|
AccountId *string `locationName:"accountId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the repository.
|
|
Arn *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The URL to use for cloning the repository over HTTPS.
|
|
CloneUrlHttp *string `locationName:"cloneUrlHttp" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The URL to use for cloning the repository over SSH.
|
|
CloneUrlSsh *string `locationName:"cloneUrlSsh" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The date and time the repository was created, in timestamp format.
|
|
CreationDate *time.Time `locationName:"creationDate" type:"timestamp"`
|
|
|
|
// The repository's default branch name.
|
|
DefaultBranch *string `locationName:"defaultBranch" min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The date and time the repository was last modified, in timestamp format.
|
|
LastModifiedDate *time.Time `locationName:"lastModifiedDate" type:"timestamp"`
|
|
|
|
// A comment or description about the repository.
|
|
RepositoryDescription *string `locationName:"repositoryDescription" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the repository.
|
|
RepositoryId *string `locationName:"repositoryId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The repository's name.
|
|
RepositoryName *string `locationName:"repositoryName" min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RepositoryMetadata) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RepositoryMetadata) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAccountId sets the AccountId field's value.
|
|
func (s *RepositoryMetadata) SetAccountId(v string) *RepositoryMetadata {
|
|
s.AccountId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetArn sets the Arn field's value.
|
|
func (s *RepositoryMetadata) SetArn(v string) *RepositoryMetadata {
|
|
s.Arn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCloneUrlHttp sets the CloneUrlHttp field's value.
|
|
func (s *RepositoryMetadata) SetCloneUrlHttp(v string) *RepositoryMetadata {
|
|
s.CloneUrlHttp = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCloneUrlSsh sets the CloneUrlSsh field's value.
|
|
func (s *RepositoryMetadata) SetCloneUrlSsh(v string) *RepositoryMetadata {
|
|
s.CloneUrlSsh = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCreationDate sets the CreationDate field's value.
|
|
func (s *RepositoryMetadata) SetCreationDate(v time.Time) *RepositoryMetadata {
|
|
s.CreationDate = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDefaultBranch sets the DefaultBranch field's value.
|
|
func (s *RepositoryMetadata) SetDefaultBranch(v string) *RepositoryMetadata {
|
|
s.DefaultBranch = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLastModifiedDate sets the LastModifiedDate field's value.
|
|
func (s *RepositoryMetadata) SetLastModifiedDate(v time.Time) *RepositoryMetadata {
|
|
s.LastModifiedDate = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRepositoryDescription sets the RepositoryDescription field's value.
|
|
func (s *RepositoryMetadata) SetRepositoryDescription(v string) *RepositoryMetadata {
|
|
s.RepositoryDescription = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRepositoryId sets the RepositoryId field's value.
|
|
func (s *RepositoryMetadata) SetRepositoryId(v string) *RepositoryMetadata {
|
|
s.RepositoryId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRepositoryName sets the RepositoryName field's value.
|
|
func (s *RepositoryMetadata) SetRepositoryName(v string) *RepositoryMetadata {
|
|
s.RepositoryName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Information about a repository name and ID.
|
|
type RepositoryNameIdPair struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID associated with the repository.
|
|
RepositoryId *string `locationName:"repositoryId" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name associated with the repository.
|
|
RepositoryName *string `locationName:"repositoryName" min:"1" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RepositoryNameIdPair) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RepositoryNameIdPair) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRepositoryId sets the RepositoryId field's value.
|
|
func (s *RepositoryNameIdPair) SetRepositoryId(v string) *RepositoryNameIdPair {
|
|
s.RepositoryId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRepositoryName sets the RepositoryName field's value.
|
|
func (s *RepositoryNameIdPair) SetRepositoryName(v string) *RepositoryNameIdPair {
|
|
s.RepositoryName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Information about a trigger for a repository.
|
|
type RepositoryTrigger struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The branches that will be included in the trigger configuration. If you specify
|
|
// an empty array, the trigger will apply to all branches.
|
|
//
|
|
// While no content is required in the array, you must include the array itself.
|
|
Branches []*string `locationName:"branches" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// Any custom data associated with the trigger that will be included in the
|
|
// information sent to the target of the trigger.
|
|
CustomData *string `locationName:"customData" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The ARN of the resource that is the target for a trigger. For example, the
|
|
// ARN of a topic in Amazon Simple Notification Service (SNS).
|
|
//
|
|
// DestinationArn is a required field
|
|
DestinationArn *string `locationName:"destinationArn" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The repository events that will cause the trigger to run actions in another
|
|
// service, such as sending a notification through Amazon Simple Notification
|
|
// Service (SNS).
|
|
//
|
|
// The valid value "all" cannot be used with any other values.
|
|
//
|
|
// Events is a required field
|
|
Events []*string `locationName:"events" type:"list" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the trigger.
|
|
//
|
|
// Name is a required field
|
|
Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RepositoryTrigger) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RepositoryTrigger) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *RepositoryTrigger) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RepositoryTrigger"}
|
|
if s.DestinationArn == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DestinationArn"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Events == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Events"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Name == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetBranches sets the Branches field's value.
|
|
func (s *RepositoryTrigger) SetBranches(v []*string) *RepositoryTrigger {
|
|
s.Branches = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCustomData sets the CustomData field's value.
|
|
func (s *RepositoryTrigger) SetCustomData(v string) *RepositoryTrigger {
|
|
s.CustomData = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDestinationArn sets the DestinationArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *RepositoryTrigger) SetDestinationArn(v string) *RepositoryTrigger {
|
|
s.DestinationArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEvents sets the Events field's value.
|
|
func (s *RepositoryTrigger) SetEvents(v []*string) *RepositoryTrigger {
|
|
s.Events = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetName sets the Name field's value.
|
|
func (s *RepositoryTrigger) SetName(v string) *RepositoryTrigger {
|
|
s.Name = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// A trigger failed to run.
|
|
type RepositoryTriggerExecutionFailure struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Additional message information about the trigger that did not run.
|
|
FailureMessage *string `locationName:"failureMessage" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the trigger that did not run.
|
|
Trigger *string `locationName:"trigger" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RepositoryTriggerExecutionFailure) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RepositoryTriggerExecutionFailure) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFailureMessage sets the FailureMessage field's value.
|
|
func (s *RepositoryTriggerExecutionFailure) SetFailureMessage(v string) *RepositoryTriggerExecutionFailure {
|
|
s.FailureMessage = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTrigger sets the Trigger field's value.
|
|
func (s *RepositoryTriggerExecutionFailure) SetTrigger(v string) *RepositoryTriggerExecutionFailure {
|
|
s.Trigger = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Returns information about a target for a pull request.
|
|
type Target struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The branch of the repository where the pull request changes will be merged
|
|
// into. Also known as the destination branch.
|
|
DestinationReference *string `locationName:"destinationReference" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the repository that contains the pull request.
|
|
//
|
|
// RepositoryName is a required field
|
|
RepositoryName *string `locationName:"repositoryName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The branch of the repository that contains the changes for the pull request.
|
|
// Also known as the source branch.
|
|
//
|
|
// SourceReference is a required field
|
|
SourceReference *string `locationName:"sourceReference" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Target) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Target) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *Target) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Target"}
|
|
if s.RepositoryName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RepositoryName"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.RepositoryName != nil && len(*s.RepositoryName) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("RepositoryName", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.SourceReference == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SourceReference"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDestinationReference sets the DestinationReference field's value.
|
|
func (s *Target) SetDestinationReference(v string) *Target {
|
|
s.DestinationReference = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRepositoryName sets the RepositoryName field's value.
|
|
func (s *Target) SetRepositoryName(v string) *Target {
|
|
s.RepositoryName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSourceReference sets the SourceReference field's value.
|
|
func (s *Target) SetSourceReference(v string) *Target {
|
|
s.SourceReference = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Represents the input of a test repository triggers operation.
|
|
type TestRepositoryTriggersInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the repository in which to test the triggers.
|
|
//
|
|
// RepositoryName is a required field
|
|
RepositoryName *string `locationName:"repositoryName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The list of triggers to test.
|
|
//
|
|
// Triggers is a required field
|
|
Triggers []*RepositoryTrigger `locationName:"triggers" type:"list" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s TestRepositoryTriggersInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s TestRepositoryTriggersInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *TestRepositoryTriggersInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "TestRepositoryTriggersInput"}
|
|
if s.RepositoryName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RepositoryName"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.RepositoryName != nil && len(*s.RepositoryName) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("RepositoryName", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Triggers == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Triggers"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Triggers != nil {
|
|
for i, v := range s.Triggers {
|
|
if v == nil {
|
|
continue
|
|
}
|
|
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
|
|
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Triggers", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRepositoryName sets the RepositoryName field's value.
|
|
func (s *TestRepositoryTriggersInput) SetRepositoryName(v string) *TestRepositoryTriggersInput {
|
|
s.RepositoryName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTriggers sets the Triggers field's value.
|
|
func (s *TestRepositoryTriggersInput) SetTriggers(v []*RepositoryTrigger) *TestRepositoryTriggersInput {
|
|
s.Triggers = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Represents the output of a test repository triggers operation.
|
|
type TestRepositoryTriggersOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The list of triggers that were not able to be tested. This list provides
|
|
// the names of the triggers that could not be tested, separated by commas.
|
|
FailedExecutions []*RepositoryTriggerExecutionFailure `locationName:"failedExecutions" type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The list of triggers that were successfully tested. This list provides the
|
|
// names of the triggers that were successfully tested, separated by commas.
|
|
SuccessfulExecutions []*string `locationName:"successfulExecutions" type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s TestRepositoryTriggersOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s TestRepositoryTriggersOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFailedExecutions sets the FailedExecutions field's value.
|
|
func (s *TestRepositoryTriggersOutput) SetFailedExecutions(v []*RepositoryTriggerExecutionFailure) *TestRepositoryTriggersOutput {
|
|
s.FailedExecutions = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSuccessfulExecutions sets the SuccessfulExecutions field's value.
|
|
func (s *TestRepositoryTriggersOutput) SetSuccessfulExecutions(v []*string) *TestRepositoryTriggersOutput {
|
|
s.SuccessfulExecutions = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type UpdateCommentInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The system-generated ID of the comment you want to update. To get this ID,
|
|
// use GetCommentsForComparedCommit or GetCommentsForPullRequest.
|
|
//
|
|
// CommentId is a required field
|
|
CommentId *string `locationName:"commentId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The updated content with which you want to replace the existing content of
|
|
// the comment.
|
|
//
|
|
// Content is a required field
|
|
Content *string `locationName:"content" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s UpdateCommentInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s UpdateCommentInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *UpdateCommentInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdateCommentInput"}
|
|
if s.CommentId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("CommentId"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Content == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Content"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCommentId sets the CommentId field's value.
|
|
func (s *UpdateCommentInput) SetCommentId(v string) *UpdateCommentInput {
|
|
s.CommentId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetContent sets the Content field's value.
|
|
func (s *UpdateCommentInput) SetContent(v string) *UpdateCommentInput {
|
|
s.Content = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type UpdateCommentOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the updated comment.
|
|
Comment *Comment `locationName:"comment" type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s UpdateCommentOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s UpdateCommentOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetComment sets the Comment field's value.
|
|
func (s *UpdateCommentOutput) SetComment(v *Comment) *UpdateCommentOutput {
|
|
s.Comment = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Represents the input of an update default branch operation.
|
|
type UpdateDefaultBranchInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the branch to set as the default.
|
|
//
|
|
// DefaultBranchName is a required field
|
|
DefaultBranchName *string `locationName:"defaultBranchName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the repository to set or change the default branch for.
|
|
//
|
|
// RepositoryName is a required field
|
|
RepositoryName *string `locationName:"repositoryName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s UpdateDefaultBranchInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s UpdateDefaultBranchInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *UpdateDefaultBranchInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdateDefaultBranchInput"}
|
|
if s.DefaultBranchName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DefaultBranchName"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.DefaultBranchName != nil && len(*s.DefaultBranchName) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DefaultBranchName", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.RepositoryName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RepositoryName"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.RepositoryName != nil && len(*s.RepositoryName) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("RepositoryName", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDefaultBranchName sets the DefaultBranchName field's value.
|
|
func (s *UpdateDefaultBranchInput) SetDefaultBranchName(v string) *UpdateDefaultBranchInput {
|
|
s.DefaultBranchName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRepositoryName sets the RepositoryName field's value.
|
|
func (s *UpdateDefaultBranchInput) SetRepositoryName(v string) *UpdateDefaultBranchInput {
|
|
s.RepositoryName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type UpdateDefaultBranchOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s UpdateDefaultBranchOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s UpdateDefaultBranchOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type UpdatePullRequestDescriptionInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The updated content of the description for the pull request. This content
|
|
// will replace the existing description.
|
|
//
|
|
// Description is a required field
|
|
Description *string `locationName:"description" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The system-generated ID of the pull request. To get this ID, use ListPullRequests.
|
|
//
|
|
// PullRequestId is a required field
|
|
PullRequestId *string `locationName:"pullRequestId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s UpdatePullRequestDescriptionInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s UpdatePullRequestDescriptionInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *UpdatePullRequestDescriptionInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdatePullRequestDescriptionInput"}
|
|
if s.Description == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Description"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.PullRequestId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("PullRequestId"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
|
|
func (s *UpdatePullRequestDescriptionInput) SetDescription(v string) *UpdatePullRequestDescriptionInput {
|
|
s.Description = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPullRequestId sets the PullRequestId field's value.
|
|
func (s *UpdatePullRequestDescriptionInput) SetPullRequestId(v string) *UpdatePullRequestDescriptionInput {
|
|
s.PullRequestId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type UpdatePullRequestDescriptionOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the updated pull request.
|
|
//
|
|
// PullRequest is a required field
|
|
PullRequest *PullRequest `locationName:"pullRequest" type:"structure" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s UpdatePullRequestDescriptionOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s UpdatePullRequestDescriptionOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPullRequest sets the PullRequest field's value.
|
|
func (s *UpdatePullRequestDescriptionOutput) SetPullRequest(v *PullRequest) *UpdatePullRequestDescriptionOutput {
|
|
s.PullRequest = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type UpdatePullRequestStatusInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The system-generated ID of the pull request. To get this ID, use ListPullRequests.
|
|
//
|
|
// PullRequestId is a required field
|
|
PullRequestId *string `locationName:"pullRequestId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The status of the pull request. The only valid operations are to update the
|
|
// status from OPEN to OPEN, OPEN to CLOSED or from from CLOSED to CLOSED.
|
|
//
|
|
// PullRequestStatus is a required field
|
|
PullRequestStatus *string `locationName:"pullRequestStatus" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"PullRequestStatusEnum"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s UpdatePullRequestStatusInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s UpdatePullRequestStatusInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *UpdatePullRequestStatusInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdatePullRequestStatusInput"}
|
|
if s.PullRequestId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("PullRequestId"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.PullRequestStatus == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("PullRequestStatus"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPullRequestId sets the PullRequestId field's value.
|
|
func (s *UpdatePullRequestStatusInput) SetPullRequestId(v string) *UpdatePullRequestStatusInput {
|
|
s.PullRequestId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPullRequestStatus sets the PullRequestStatus field's value.
|
|
func (s *UpdatePullRequestStatusInput) SetPullRequestStatus(v string) *UpdatePullRequestStatusInput {
|
|
s.PullRequestStatus = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type UpdatePullRequestStatusOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the pull request.
|
|
//
|
|
// PullRequest is a required field
|
|
PullRequest *PullRequest `locationName:"pullRequest" type:"structure" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s UpdatePullRequestStatusOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s UpdatePullRequestStatusOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPullRequest sets the PullRequest field's value.
|
|
func (s *UpdatePullRequestStatusOutput) SetPullRequest(v *PullRequest) *UpdatePullRequestStatusOutput {
|
|
s.PullRequest = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type UpdatePullRequestTitleInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The system-generated ID of the pull request. To get this ID, use ListPullRequests.
|
|
//
|
|
// PullRequestId is a required field
|
|
PullRequestId *string `locationName:"pullRequestId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The updated title of the pull request. This will replace the existing title.
|
|
//
|
|
// Title is a required field
|
|
Title *string `locationName:"title" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s UpdatePullRequestTitleInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s UpdatePullRequestTitleInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *UpdatePullRequestTitleInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdatePullRequestTitleInput"}
|
|
if s.PullRequestId == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("PullRequestId"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Title == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Title"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPullRequestId sets the PullRequestId field's value.
|
|
func (s *UpdatePullRequestTitleInput) SetPullRequestId(v string) *UpdatePullRequestTitleInput {
|
|
s.PullRequestId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTitle sets the Title field's value.
|
|
func (s *UpdatePullRequestTitleInput) SetTitle(v string) *UpdatePullRequestTitleInput {
|
|
s.Title = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type UpdatePullRequestTitleOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Information about the updated pull request.
|
|
//
|
|
// PullRequest is a required field
|
|
PullRequest *PullRequest `locationName:"pullRequest" type:"structure" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s UpdatePullRequestTitleOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s UpdatePullRequestTitleOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPullRequest sets the PullRequest field's value.
|
|
func (s *UpdatePullRequestTitleOutput) SetPullRequest(v *PullRequest) *UpdatePullRequestTitleOutput {
|
|
s.PullRequest = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Represents the input of an update repository description operation.
|
|
type UpdateRepositoryDescriptionInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The new comment or description for the specified repository. Repository descriptions
|
|
// are limited to 1,000 characters.
|
|
RepositoryDescription *string `locationName:"repositoryDescription" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the repository to set or change the comment or description for.
|
|
//
|
|
// RepositoryName is a required field
|
|
RepositoryName *string `locationName:"repositoryName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s UpdateRepositoryDescriptionInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s UpdateRepositoryDescriptionInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *UpdateRepositoryDescriptionInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdateRepositoryDescriptionInput"}
|
|
if s.RepositoryName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RepositoryName"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.RepositoryName != nil && len(*s.RepositoryName) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("RepositoryName", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRepositoryDescription sets the RepositoryDescription field's value.
|
|
func (s *UpdateRepositoryDescriptionInput) SetRepositoryDescription(v string) *UpdateRepositoryDescriptionInput {
|
|
s.RepositoryDescription = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRepositoryName sets the RepositoryName field's value.
|
|
func (s *UpdateRepositoryDescriptionInput) SetRepositoryName(v string) *UpdateRepositoryDescriptionInput {
|
|
s.RepositoryName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type UpdateRepositoryDescriptionOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s UpdateRepositoryDescriptionOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s UpdateRepositoryDescriptionOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Represents the input of an update repository description operation.
|
|
type UpdateRepositoryNameInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The new name for the repository.
|
|
//
|
|
// NewName is a required field
|
|
NewName *string `locationName:"newName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The existing name of the repository.
|
|
//
|
|
// OldName is a required field
|
|
OldName *string `locationName:"oldName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s UpdateRepositoryNameInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s UpdateRepositoryNameInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *UpdateRepositoryNameInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdateRepositoryNameInput"}
|
|
if s.NewName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("NewName"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.NewName != nil && len(*s.NewName) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("NewName", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.OldName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("OldName"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.OldName != nil && len(*s.OldName) < 1 {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("OldName", 1))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNewName sets the NewName field's value.
|
|
func (s *UpdateRepositoryNameInput) SetNewName(v string) *UpdateRepositoryNameInput {
|
|
s.NewName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetOldName sets the OldName field's value.
|
|
func (s *UpdateRepositoryNameInput) SetOldName(v string) *UpdateRepositoryNameInput {
|
|
s.OldName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type UpdateRepositoryNameOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s UpdateRepositoryNameOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s UpdateRepositoryNameOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Information about the user who made a specified commit.
|
|
type UserInfo struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The date when the specified commit was commited, in timestamp format with
|
|
// GMT offset.
|
|
Date *string `locationName:"date" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The email address associated with the user who made the commit, if any.
|
|
Email *string `locationName:"email" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the user who made the specified commit.
|
|
Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s UserInfo) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s UserInfo) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDate sets the Date field's value.
|
|
func (s *UserInfo) SetDate(v string) *UserInfo {
|
|
s.Date = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEmail sets the Email field's value.
|
|
func (s *UserInfo) SetEmail(v string) *UserInfo {
|
|
s.Email = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetName sets the Name field's value.
|
|
func (s *UserInfo) SetName(v string) *UserInfo {
|
|
s.Name = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// ChangeTypeEnumA is a ChangeTypeEnum enum value
|
|
ChangeTypeEnumA = "A"
|
|
|
|
// ChangeTypeEnumM is a ChangeTypeEnum enum value
|
|
ChangeTypeEnumM = "M"
|
|
|
|
// ChangeTypeEnumD is a ChangeTypeEnum enum value
|
|
ChangeTypeEnumD = "D"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// FileModeTypeEnumExecutable is a FileModeTypeEnum enum value
|
|
FileModeTypeEnumExecutable = "EXECUTABLE"
|
|
|
|
// FileModeTypeEnumNormal is a FileModeTypeEnum enum value
|
|
FileModeTypeEnumNormal = "NORMAL"
|
|
|
|
// FileModeTypeEnumSymlink is a FileModeTypeEnum enum value
|
|
FileModeTypeEnumSymlink = "SYMLINK"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// MergeOptionTypeEnumFastForwardMerge is a MergeOptionTypeEnum enum value
|
|
MergeOptionTypeEnumFastForwardMerge = "FAST_FORWARD_MERGE"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// OrderEnumAscending is a OrderEnum enum value
|
|
OrderEnumAscending = "ascending"
|
|
|
|
// OrderEnumDescending is a OrderEnum enum value
|
|
OrderEnumDescending = "descending"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// PullRequestEventTypePullRequestCreated is a PullRequestEventType enum value
|
|
PullRequestEventTypePullRequestCreated = "PULL_REQUEST_CREATED"
|
|
|
|
// PullRequestEventTypePullRequestStatusChanged is a PullRequestEventType enum value
|
|
PullRequestEventTypePullRequestStatusChanged = "PULL_REQUEST_STATUS_CHANGED"
|
|
|
|
// PullRequestEventTypePullRequestSourceReferenceUpdated is a PullRequestEventType enum value
|
|
PullRequestEventTypePullRequestSourceReferenceUpdated = "PULL_REQUEST_SOURCE_REFERENCE_UPDATED"
|
|
|
|
// PullRequestEventTypePullRequestMergeStateChanged is a PullRequestEventType enum value
|
|
PullRequestEventTypePullRequestMergeStateChanged = "PULL_REQUEST_MERGE_STATE_CHANGED"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// PullRequestStatusEnumOpen is a PullRequestStatusEnum enum value
|
|
PullRequestStatusEnumOpen = "OPEN"
|
|
|
|
// PullRequestStatusEnumClosed is a PullRequestStatusEnum enum value
|
|
PullRequestStatusEnumClosed = "CLOSED"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// RelativeFileVersionEnumBefore is a RelativeFileVersionEnum enum value
|
|
RelativeFileVersionEnumBefore = "BEFORE"
|
|
|
|
// RelativeFileVersionEnumAfter is a RelativeFileVersionEnum enum value
|
|
RelativeFileVersionEnumAfter = "AFTER"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// RepositoryTriggerEventEnumAll is a RepositoryTriggerEventEnum enum value
|
|
RepositoryTriggerEventEnumAll = "all"
|
|
|
|
// RepositoryTriggerEventEnumUpdateReference is a RepositoryTriggerEventEnum enum value
|
|
RepositoryTriggerEventEnumUpdateReference = "updateReference"
|
|
|
|
// RepositoryTriggerEventEnumCreateReference is a RepositoryTriggerEventEnum enum value
|
|
RepositoryTriggerEventEnumCreateReference = "createReference"
|
|
|
|
// RepositoryTriggerEventEnumDeleteReference is a RepositoryTriggerEventEnum enum value
|
|
RepositoryTriggerEventEnumDeleteReference = "deleteReference"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// SortByEnumRepositoryName is a SortByEnum enum value
|
|
SortByEnumRepositoryName = "repositoryName"
|
|
|
|
// SortByEnumLastModifiedDate is a SortByEnum enum value
|
|
SortByEnumLastModifiedDate = "lastModifiedDate"
|
|
)
|